Brother Printer HL 1040 User Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
© Copyright Brother 1998  
All rights reserved.  
No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission in  
writing from the publisher.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Trademarks:  
The brother logo is a registered trademark of Brother Industries, Ltd.  
Apple, the Apple Logo, and Macintosh are trademarks, registered in the United States and other  
countries, and True Type is a trademark of Apple computer, Inc.  
Epson is a registered trademark and FX-80 and FX-850 are trademarks of Seiko Epson  
Corporation.  
Hewlett Packard is a registered trademark and HP Laser Jet is a trademark of Hewlett Packard  
Company.  
IBM, IBM PC and Proprinter are registered trademarks of International Business Machines  
Corporation.  
Microsoft and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.  
Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and other countries.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PREFACE  
This service manual contains basic information required for after-sales service of the laser printer  
(here- in-after referred to as "this machine" or "the printer"). This information is vital to the service  
technician to maintain the high printing quality and performance of the printers.  
This service manual covers the HL-820, 1020, 1040 and 1050 laser printers. (Note that any figures  
for the printer body are based on the HL-1040 printer.)  
This manual consists of the following chapters:  
CHAPTER I : FEATURES AND SPECIFICATIONS  
Features, specifications, etc.  
CHAPTER II : THEORY OF OPERATION  
Basic operation of the mechanical system, the electrical system and the electrical  
circuits, and their timing information.  
CHAPTER III : DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY  
Procedures for disassembling and reassembling the mechanical system.  
CHAPTER IV : MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING  
Reference values and adjustments, troubleshooting image defects, troubleshooting  
malfunctions, etc.  
APPENDICES :SERIAL NO. DESCRIPTIONS, CONNECTION DIAGRAMS, PCB CIRCUIT  
DIAGRAMS.  
Information in this manual is subject to change due to improvement or re-design of the product. All  
relevant information in such cases will be supplied in service information bulletins (Technical  
Information).  
A thorough understanding of this printer, based on information in this service manual and service  
information bulletins, is required for maintaining its print quality performance and for improving the  
practical ability to find the cause of problems.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CONTENTS  
CHAPTER I FEATURES AND SPECIFICATIONS..........................................I-1  
1. FEATURES.........................................................................................................................I-1  
2. SPECIFICATIONS ..............................................................................................................I-3  
2.1  
2.2  
2.3  
2.4  
2.5  
2.6  
2.7  
Printing.......................................................................................................................................I-3  
Functions ...................................................................................................................................I-3  
Electrical and Mechanical ..........................................................................................................I-4  
Paper Specification....................................................................................................................I-5  
Print Delivery..............................................................................................................................I-5  
Paper .........................................................................................................................................I-6  
Effective Printing Area ...............................................................................................................I-7  
3. SAFETY INFORMATION ....................................................................................................I-9  
3.1  
3.2  
3.3  
Laser Safety (110 - 120V Model only) .......................................................................................I-9  
FDA Regulations (110 - 120V Model only) ................................................................................I-9  
Caution for Laser Product........................................................................................................I-10  
CHAPTER II THEORY OF OPERATION........................................................ II-1  
1. ELECTRONICS..................................................................................................................II-1  
1.1  
1.2  
1.3  
General Block Diagram.............................................................................................................II-1  
Main PCB Block Diagram .........................................................................................................II-4  
Main PCB..................................................................................................................................II-7  
1.3.1 CPU Core ....................................................................................................................II-7  
1.3.2 ASIC ............................................................................................................................II-9  
1.3.3 ROM ..........................................................................................................................II-15  
1.3.4 DRAM........................................................................................................................II-16  
1.3.5 Optional RAM ............................................................................................................II-17  
1.3.6 Optional Serial I/O .....................................................................................................II-18  
1.3.7 EEPROM...................................................................................................................II-18  
1.3.8 Reset Circuit..............................................................................................................II-19  
1.3.9 CDCC I/O ..................................................................................................................II-19  
1.3.10 Engine I/O..................................................................................................................II-21  
1.3.11 Paper Feed Motor Drive Circuit.................................................................................II-23  
Panel Sensor PCB..................................................................................................................II-24  
Power Supply..........................................................................................................................II-24  
1.5.1 Low-voltage Power Supply........................................................................................II-24  
1.5.2 High-voltage Power Supply, SR PCB........................................................................II-25  
1.4  
1.5  
2. MECHANICS....................................................................................................................II-26  
2.1  
2.2  
Overview of Printing Mechanism ............................................................................................II-26  
Paper Transfer........................................................................................................................II-27  
2.2.1 Paper Supply.............................................................................................................II-27  
2.2.2 Paper Registration.....................................................................................................II-27  
2.2.3 Paper Eject................................................................................................................II-28  
i
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2.3  
2.4  
Sensors...................................................................................................................................II-29  
2.3.1 Cover Sensor.............................................................................................................II-29  
2.3.2 Toner Empty Sensor..................................................................................................II-29  
Drum Unit................................................................................................................................II-30  
2.4.1 Photosensitive Drum .................................................................................................II-30  
2.4.2 Primary Charger ........................................................................................................II-30  
2.4.3 Developer Roller........................................................................................................II-30  
2.4.4 Transfer Roller...........................................................................................................II-30  
2.4.5 Cleaner Roller............................................................................................................II-30  
2.4.6 Erase Lamp ..............................................................................................................II-30  
Print Process ..........................................................................................................................II-30  
2.5.1 Charging ...................................................................................................................II-30  
2.5.2 Exposure Stage.........................................................................................................II-31  
2.5.3 Developing.................................................................................................................II-32  
2.5.4 Transfer .....................................................................................................................II-32  
2.5.5 Drum Cleaning Stage ................................................................................................II-33  
2.5.6 Erasing Stage............................................................................................................II-33  
2.5.7 Fixing Stage...............................................................................................................II-33  
2.5  
CHAPTER III DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY.......................................III-1  
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS..................................................................................................III-1  
2. DISASSEMBLY FLOW......................................................................................................III-2  
3. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE .........................................................................................III-3  
3.1  
3.2  
3.3  
3.4  
3.5  
3.6  
3.7  
3.8  
3.9  
Output Tray ASSY ...................................................................................................................III-3  
Drum Unit.................................................................................................................................III-3  
Top Cover................................................................................................................................III-4  
Rear Cover ..............................................................................................................................III-4  
MP Sheet Feeder ASSY ..........................................................................................................III-5  
Fixing Unit................................................................................................................................III-6  
Scanner Unit ............................................................................................................................III-8  
Main PCB ASSY ....................................................................................................................III-10  
Base Plate ASSY...................................................................................................................III-10  
3.10 Panel Sensor PCB ASSY ......................................................................................................III-11  
3.11 Low-voltage Power Supply PCB ASSY .................................................................................III-12  
3.12 High-voltage Power Supply PCB ASSY.................................................................................III-13  
3.13 Sub Fan Motor ASSY ............................................................................................................III-14  
3.14 Fan Motor ASSY ...................................................................................................................III-14  
3.15 Drive Unit ...............................................................................................................................III-15  
3.16 Main Motor ASSY ..................................................................................................................III-16  
3.17 Sub Motor ASSY....................................................................................................................III-16  
3.18 Paper Support........................................................................................................................III-17  
3.19 Extension Support Wire .........................................................................................................III-17  
4. PACKING........................................................................................................................III-18  
ii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER IV MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING..........................IV-1  
1. INTRODUCTION ..............................................................................................................IV-1  
1.1  
1.2  
Initial Check........................................................................................................................IV-1  
Basic Procedure.................................................................................................................IV-2  
2. CONSUMABLE PARTS....................................................................................................IV-3  
2.1  
2.2  
2.3  
Drum Unit...........................................................................................................................IV-3  
Toner Cartridge ..................................................................................................................IV-3  
Periodical Replacement Parts.............................................................................................IV-3  
3. IMAGE DEFECTS ............................................................................................................IV-4  
3.1  
3.2  
3.3  
3.4  
Image Defect Examples .....................................................................................................IV-4  
Troubleshooting Image Defects ..........................................................................................IV-5  
Location of High-voltage Contacts and Grounding Contacts..............................................IV-19  
Location of Feed Roller Shaft and Grounding Contacts.....................................................IV-20  
4. PAPER JAM ...................................................................................................................IV-21  
5. TROUBLESHOOTING MALFUNCTIONS.......................................................................IV-22  
6. INSPECTION MODE......................................................................................................IV-27  
6.1  
6.2  
Incorporated Inspection Modes.........................................................................................IV-27  
Error Codes......................................................................................................................IV-29  
APPENDICES  
1. Serial No. Descriptions ......................................................................................................A-1  
2. Connection Diagram, HL-820/1020 ...................................................................................A-2  
3. Connection Diagram, HL-1040 ..........................................................................................A-3  
4. Connection Diagram, HL-1050 ..........................................................................................A-4  
5. Main PCB Circuit Diagram, (HL-820/1020/1040), (1/2)......................................................A-5  
6. Main PCB Circuit Diagram, (HL-820/1020/1040), (2/2)......................................................A-6  
7. Main PCB Circuit Diagram, (HL-1050), (1/5)......................................................................A-7  
8. Main PCB Circuit Diagram, (HL-1050), (2/5)......................................................................A-8  
9. Main PCB Circuit Diagram, (HL-1050), (3/5)......................................................................A-9  
10.Main PCB Circuit Diagram, (HL-1050), (4/5)....................................................................A-10  
11.Main PCB Circuit Diagram, (HL-1050), (5/5)....................................................................A-11  
12.Panel Sensor PCB Circuit Diagram .................................................................................A-12  
13.Low-voltage Power Supply PCB Circuit Diagram, HL-820/1020/1040 (110 - 120V)........A-13  
14.Low-voltage Power Supply PCB Circuit Diagram, HL-820/1020/1040 (220 - 240V)........A-14  
15.Low-voltage Power Supply PCB Circuit Diagram, HL-1050 (110 - 120V)........................A-15  
16.Low-voltage Power Supply PCB Circuit Diagram, HL-1050 (220 - 240V)........................A-16  
17.High-voltage Power Supply PCB Circuit Diagram............................................................A-17  
18.How to Know Drum Unit Life & Page Counter .................................................................A-18  
19.Diameter / Circumference of Rollers................................................................................A-20  
iii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER I FEATURES AND SPECIFICATIONS  
1.  
FEATURES  
This printer has the following features:  
High Resolution and Fast Printing Speed  
<HL-820>  
True 600 dots per inch (dpi) with microfine toner and 8 pages per minute (ppm) printing  
speed (A4 or Letter paper).  
<HL-1040/1020>  
True 600 dots per inch (dpi) with microfine toner and 10 pages per minute (ppm) printing  
speed (A4 or Letter paper).  
<HL-1050>  
True 600 dots per inch (dpi) and 1200 x 600 dpi for graphics with microfine toner and 10  
pages per minute (ppm) printing speed (A4 or Letter paper).  
Enhanced Printing Performance and User-Friendly Operation for Windows  
The dedicated printer driver and TrueTypeTM-compatible fonts for Microsoft® Windows 3.1  
and Windows 95 are available on the floppy disk and CD-ROM supplied with your printer.  
You can easily install them into your Windows system using our installer program. The  
driver supports our unique compression mode to enhance printing speed in Windows  
applications and allows you to set various printer settings including toner saving mode,  
custom paper size, sleep mode, gray scale adjustment, resolution, and so forth. You can  
easily setup these print options in the graphic dialog boxes through the Printer Setup  
menu within the Windows Control Panel.  
Printer Status Monitor with Bi-directional Parallel Interface  
The printer driver can monitor your printer’s status using bi-directional parallel  
communications.  
The printer status monitor program can show the current status of your printer. When  
printing, an animated dialog box appears on your computer screen to show the current  
printing process. If an error occurs, a dialog box will appear to let you know what to  
correct. For example: when your printer is out of paper, the dialog box will display “No  
Paper” and instructions for the corrective action to take.  
Versatile Paper Handling  
The printer has a multi-purpose sheet feeder and a straight paper path mechanism.  
Using this mechanism, you can load A4, letter, legal, B5, A5, A6, and executive sizes of  
paper, and various types of media including envelopes, organizer paper, or your custom  
paper size. The multi-purpose sheet feeder also allows manual paper loading, so you  
can also use labels and transparencies.  
Environment-Friendly  
Economy Printing Mode  
This feature will cut your printing cost by saving toner. It is useful to obtain draft copies  
for proof-reading. You can select from two economy modes, 25% toner saving and 50%  
toner saving, through the Windows printer driver supplied with your printer.  
Sleep Mode (Power Save Mode)  
Sleep mode automatically reduces power consumption when the printer is not in use.  
The printer consumes less than 13W when in sleep mode.  
I-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Low Running Cost  
The toner cartridge is separate from the drum unit. You need to replace only the toner  
cartridge after around 2,400 pages, which is cost effective and ecologically friendly.  
The actual number of pages printed with each toner cartridge may vary depending on  
your average type of print job.  
Enhanced Memory Management  
The printer provides its own data compression technology in its printer hardware and the  
supplied printer driver software, which can automatically compress graphic data and font  
data efficiently into the printer's memory. You can avoid memory errors and print most  
full page 600dpi graphic and text data, including large fonts, with the standard printer  
memory.  
Remote Printer Console Program for DOS (for HL-1040/1050 only)  
The utility program, Remote Printer Console (RPC), is available on the floppy disk and  
CD-ROM supplied with your printer. When you operate your computer in the DOS (Disk  
Operating System) environment, this program allows you to easily change the default  
settings of the printer such as fonts, page setup, emulations and so on.  
This program also provides a status monitor program, which is a Terminate-and-Stay  
Resident (TSR) program. It can monitor the printer status while running in the  
background and report the current status or errors on your computer screen.  
Popular Printer Emulation Support (for HL-1040/1050 only)  
These printers support the following printer emulation modes;  
The HL-1040 supports HP LaserJet IIP, Epson FX-850, and IBM Proprinter XL  
The HL-1050 supports HP LaserJet 6P/6L, Epson FX-850 and IBM Proprinter XL.  
When you use DOS application software or Windows™ version 3.0 or earlier, you can  
use any of these emulations to operate the printer in the 300 dpi resolution mode. The  
printers also support Auto-emulation switching between HP and Epson or HP and IBM. If  
you want to set the printer emulation, you can do it using the Remote Printer Console  
Program.  
USB Interface (for HL-1050 only)  
The Universal Serial Bus Interface is an interface which allows the printer to connect to  
multiple peripheral devices.  
High Resolution Control & Advanced Photoscale Technology (for HL-1050 only)  
High resolution control (HRC) technology provides clear and crisp printouts. Use this  
function to get smooth text print quality.  
Advanced Photoscale Technology enables the printer to print graphics in 256 grayscales,  
producing nearly photographic quality. Use this function when you want to print  
photographic images.  
Optional Apple Macintosh® Interface (for HL-1040/1050 only)  
An optional Apple Macintosh serial interface is available which allows your printer to be  
connected to Apple Macintosh computers. With this option, you can use your printer with  
both an IBM PC (or compatible) and an Apple Macintosh at the same time. This optional  
interface board can be used as an RS-422A interface for Macintosh or an RS-232C serial  
interface for an IBM PC or compatible.  
I-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2.  
SPECIFICATIONS  
2.1  
Printing  
Print method  
Laser:  
Electrophotography by semiconductor laser beam scanning  
Wave length:  
Output:  
780nm  
5mW max  
Resolution  
HL-820/1020:  
HL-1040:  
600 x 600dots/inch (for Windows)  
600 x 600dots/inch (for Windows or DOS)  
300 x 300dots/inch (under Apple Macintosh, DOS,  
or other operating system)  
HL-1050:  
1200(H) x 600(V)dots/inch (for Windows DIB  
graphics)  
600 x 600dots/inch (for Windows or DOS)  
300 x 300dpi (under Apple Macintosh using  
optional RS-100M)  
Print speed  
HL-820:  
Up to 8 pages/minute  
HL-1020/1040/1050: Up to 10 pages/minute  
(when loading Letter-size paper from the multipurpose sheet feeder)  
Warm-up  
First print  
Max. 30 seconds at 23°C (73.4°F)  
15 seconds  
(when loading Letter-size paper from the multipurpose sheet feeder)  
Print media  
Developer  
Toner cartridge  
Life Expectancy: 2,400 pages/cartridge  
(when printing A4 or letter-size paper at 5% print coverage)  
Drum unit, separated from toner cartridge  
Life Expectancy: 20,000 pages/drum unit at 20 pages per job  
8,000 pages at 1 page per job  
2.2  
Functions  
CPU  
HL-820/1020/1040: MC68EC000 16Mhz  
HL-1050:  
MB86831 66Mhz  
Emulation  
HL-820/1020:  
HL-1040:  
Brother Printing Solution for Windows  
Brother Printing Solution for Windows  
Automatic emulation selection among HP LaserJet  
IIP (PCL level 4), EPSON FX-850, and IBM  
Proprinter XL  
HL-1050:  
Brother Printing Solution for Windows  
Automatic emulation selection among HP LaserJet  
6P (PCL level 6), EPSON FX-850, and IBM  
Proprinter XL  
Printer driver  
WindowsTM 3.1/3.11, Windows 95 and Windows NT 4.0 driver,  
supporting Brother Native Compression mode and bi-directional  
capability.  
Optional Macintosh driver available for System 6.0.7 or higher (for HL-  
1040/1050 only)  
I-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PR99017  
Interface  
Memory  
Bi-directional parallel  
Universal Serial Bus (USB) (HL-1050 only)  
RS-422A/RS-232C serial (RS-100M) is optionally available. (HL-  
1040/1050 only)  
HL-820/1020/1040: 2.0 Mbytes  
HL-1050:  
4.0 Mbytes  
Expandable up to 36 Mbytes by installing an  
industry standard SIMM  
Control panel  
Diagnostics  
1 switch and 4 lamps  
Self-diagnostic program  
2.3  
Electrical and Mechanical  
Power source U.S.A. and Canada:  
AC 110 to 120V, 50Hz/60Hz  
AC 220 to 240V, 50Hz/60Hz  
Europe and Australia:  
Power consumption Printing (peak):  
820W or less  
Printing (average): 280W or less  
Standing by:  
Sleep:  
60W or less  
13W or less  
Noise  
Printing:  
Standing by:  
49dB A or less  
33dB A or less  
Temperature  
Humidity  
Operating:  
Storage:  
10 to 32.5°C (50 to 90.5°F)  
0 to 40°C (38 to 104°F)  
Operating:  
Storage:  
20 to 80% (non condensing)  
10 to 85% (non condensing)  
Dimensions  
(W x D x H)  
390 x 365 x 245 mm (15.4 x 14.4 x 9.7 inches)  
(when the output tray is closed.)  
Weight  
Approx. 7.2kg (15.7lb.) including the drum unit and toner cartridge  
Note:  
The peak figure of power consumption is worked out when the halogen heater lamp is  
turned ON.  
The peak figure of power consumption is worked out excluding inrush current value.  
Be sure that the peak figure of power consumption is reference value and should be  
used inside the Brother offices only.  
I-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2.4  
Paper Loading  
(1) Multi-purpose sheet feeder loading  
Paper size: A4, Letter, Legal, B5, A5, A6, and Executive. Other sizes of media that  
can be handled by the feed mechanism can be loaded.  
69.8 to 229 mm  
105 to 356mm (face down)  
Feeding direction  
Feedable paper weight: 60 (16lb.) to 158 (42lb.) g/m2  
Maximum load height : 22mm (200 sheets of 80g/m2 paper) letter or A4 size  
Setting method:  
Pull the MP sheet feeder cover toward you, insert the  
stack of paper into the feeder, aligning the top edge of  
the sheets, then push the cover back to its original  
position.  
(2)  
Manual slot loading  
Paper size:  
Same as in (1) for the multi-purpose sheet feeder.  
Feedable paper weight: Same as in (1) for the multi-purpose sheet feeder.  
Setting methods:  
Place the side of the paper to be printed on face down  
into the manual feed slot after selecting orientation. Align  
the paper at the center of the manual feed slot, and be  
sure to insert it fully into the feed slot. Move the paper  
guide of the manual feed slot to the paper width.  
Cautions:  
Before loading paper with holes such as organizer sheets, be sure to fan the stack  
well.  
When printing on the back of pre-printed paper, be sure to straighten the paper as  
much as possible.  
2.5  
Print Delivery  
(1)  
With the output tray opened  
Tray capacity: Maximum 100 sheets (80g/m2), face-down only  
(2)  
With the output tray closed  
Tray capacity: 1 sheet (80g/m2), face-down only  
Note:  
Face down:  
Environment :  
Deliver the printed face of the paper downward.  
23°C  
I-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PR98184  
2.6  
Paper  
(1)  
Paper type  
(a)  
Normal paper (60 to 157g/m2, specified types of high-quality paper)  
• A4 size  
• Letter size  
• Legal size  
• B5 (JIS ISO) size  
• A5 size  
• A6 size  
• Executive size  
* The recommended types of plain paper are as follows:  
Letter : Xerox 4200 (75g/m2)  
A4 :  
Xerox 80 Premier Paper (80g/m2)  
(b)  
Special paper (specified types)  
• Labels  
• Envelopes (DL, C4, C5, COM10, Monarch)  
• Organizers (K, L, and J sizes of DAY-TIMERS)  
(C) Other detailed specifications  
Cut Sheet  
Envelope  
75 to 90 g/m2 (20 to 24 lb.)  
single thickness  
Basis Weight  
Caliper  
60 to 158 g/m2 (16 to 42 lb.)  
0.0033 to 0.0058 in.  
(0.084 to 0.14 mm)  
single thickness  
0.03 to 0.08 in.  
(0.08 to 0.2 mm)  
Moisture Content  
Smoothness  
4% to 6% by weight  
100 to 250 (Sheffield)  
4% to 6% by weight  
100 to 250 (Sheffield)  
Caution:  
Although the printer can handle 9 inches (229mm) width paper such as the C4 size  
envelope, you may get stains on the paper outside 8.5 inches width or on the back of  
the paper.  
It is recommended to use long-grained paper for the best print quality. If short-grained  
paper is being used, it might be the cause of paper jams.  
Use neutral paper. Do not use acid paper to avoid any damage to the printer drum  
unit.  
(2)  
Paper feed conditions  
Type  
Name  
Feeder  
Manual feed  
60 to 80 g/m2  
(200 sheets)  
(100 sheets)  
Normal paper (cut sheet)  
Special paper (cut sheet)  
80 g/m2 paper (Legal)  
158 g/m2  
(30 sheets)  
(50 sheets)  
Labels  
(10 sheets)  
Envelopes  
(10 sheets)  
Organizers  
I-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2.7  
Effective Printing Area  
Printable area  
A
F
E
C
E
B
D
F
The effective printing area means the area within which the printing of all the data  
received without any omissions can be guaranteed.  
I-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PR98184  
F
The table below shows the effective printing areas.  
Size  
A
B
C
D
E
210.0mm  
8.27”  
297.0mm  
11.69”  
203.2mm  
8.0”  
288.5mm  
11.36”  
3.4mm  
0.13”  
4.23mm  
0.17”  
A 4  
(2,480 dots) (3,507 dots) (2,400 dots) (3,407 dots) (40 dots)  
(50 dots)  
215.9mm  
8.5”  
279.4mm  
11.0”  
203.2mm  
8.0”  
270.9mm  
10.67”  
6.35mm  
0.25”  
Letter  
(2,550 dots) (3,300 dots) (2,400 dots) (3,200 dots) (75 dots)  
215.9mm  
8.5”  
(2,550 dots) (4,200 dots) (2,400 dots) (4,100 dots)  
182.0mm  
7.16”  
(2,149 dots) (3,035 dots) (2,007 dots) (2,935 dots) (71 dots)  
176.0mm  
6.93”  
(2,078 dots) (2,952 dots) (1,936 dots) (2,852 dots)  
184.15mm  
7.25”  
(2,175 dots) (3,150 dots) (2,025 dots) (3,050 dots) (75 dots)  
148.5mm  
5.85”  
(1,754 dots) (2,480 dots) (1,612 dots) (2,380 dots) (71 dots)  
105.0mm  
4.13”  
(1,240 dots) (1,754 dots) (1,098 dots) (1,654 dots)  
69.85mm  
2.75”  
(825 dots)  
95.25mm  
3.75”  
(1,125 dots) (2,025 dots) (975 dots)  
139.7mm  
5.5”  
(1,650 dots) (2,550 dots) (1,500 dots) (2,450 dots)  
104.78mm  
4.125”  
(1,237 dots) (2,850 dots) (1,087 dots) (2,750 dots)  
98.43mm  
3.875”  
(1,162 dots) (2,250 dots) (1,012 dots) (2,150 dots)  
228.6mm  
9.0”  
(2,700 dots) (3,600 dots) (2,400 dots) (3,500 dots) (150 dots)  
162mm  
6.38”  
(1,913 dots) (2,704 dots) (1,771 dots) (2,604 dots) (71 dots)  
110mm  
4.33”  
355.6mm  
14.0”  
203.2mm  
8.0”  
347.1mm  
13.67”  
Legal  
257.0mm  
10.12”  
173.5mm  
6.83”  
248.5mm  
9.78”  
6.01mm  
0.24”  
B 5 (JIS)  
B 5 (ISO)  
Executive  
A 5  
250.0mm  
9.84”  
164.0mm  
6.46”  
241.5mm  
9.5”  
266.7mm  
10.5”  
175.7mm  
6.92”  
258.2mm  
10.17”  
6.35mm  
0.25”  
210.0mm  
8.27”  
136.5mm  
5.37”  
201.5mm  
7.93”  
6.01mm  
0.24”  
148.5mm  
5.85”  
93.0mm  
3.66”  
140.0mm  
5.51”  
A6  
Organizer  
(J size)  
127.0mm  
5.0”  
(1,500 dots) (675 dots)  
171.45mm  
6.75”  
56.2mm  
2.21”  
118.5mm  
4.66”  
(1,400 dots) (75 dots)  
162.98mm  
6.42”  
(1,925 dots)  
207.43mm  
6.35mm  
0.25”  
86.78mm  
3.42”  
Organizer  
(K size)  
215.9mm  
8.5”  
131.23mm  
5.17”  
Organizer  
(L size)  
8.17”  
241.3mm  
9.5”  
92.11mm  
3.63”  
232.8mm  
9.16”  
COM-10  
MONARCH  
C 4  
190.5mm  
7.5”  
85.7mm  
3.37”  
182.0mm  
7.16”  
304.8mm  
12.0”  
203.2mm  
8.0”  
296.3mm  
11.66”  
12.7mm  
0.5”  
229mm  
9.01”  
150.0mm  
5.9”  
220.5mm  
8.68”  
6.01mm  
0.24”  
C 5  
220mm  
8.66”  
98.0mm  
3.86”  
211.5mm  
8.33”  
DL  
(1,299 dots) (2,598 dots) (1,157 dots) (2,498 dots)  
(Note that the paper sizes indicated here should conform to the nominal dimensions  
specified by JIS.)  
A4 paper must accommodate 80 characters printed in pica pitch (203.2 mm).  
The dot size is based on 300 dpi resolution.  
Organizer is not supported by any printer emulations (commands).  
I-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3.  
SAFETY INFORMATION  
3.1  
Laser Safety (110 - 120V Model only)  
This printer is certified as a Class 1 laser product under the US Department of Health and  
Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation  
Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. This means that the printer does not produce  
hazardous laser radiation.  
Since radiation emitted inside the printer is completely confined within the protective  
housings and external covers, the laser beam cannot escape from the machine during  
any phase of user operation.  
3.2  
FDA Regulations (110 - 120V Model only)  
The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has implemented regulations for laser  
products manufactured on and after August 2, 1976. Compliance is mandatory for  
products marketed in the United States. One of the following labels on the back of the  
printer indicates compliance with the FDA regulations and must be attached to laser  
products marketed in the United States.  
The label for Japanese manufactured products  
MANUFACTURED:  
K
BROTHER INDUSTRIES, LTD.  
15-1, Naeshiro-cho, Mizuho-ku, Nagoya 467-8561, Japan.  
This product complies with FDA radiation  
performance standards, 21 CFR Subchapter J.  
The label for Chinese manufactured products  
MANUFACTURED :  
C
BROTHER Corporation (Asia) Ltd.  
Shenzen Buji Nan Ling Factory  
Gold Garden Ind., Nan Ling Village, Buji, Rong Gang,  
Shenzhen, CHINA  
This product complies with FDA radiation  
performance standards, 21 CFR Subchapter J.  
I-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3.3  
Caution for Laser Product (Warnhinweis für Laserdrucker)  
CAUTION:  
When the machine during servicing is operated with the cover open, the  
regulations of VBG 93 and the performance instructions for VBG 93 are  
valid.  
CAUTION:  
In case of any trouble with the laser unit, replace the laser unit itself. To  
prevent direct exposure to the laser beam, do not try to open the enclosure  
of the laser unit.  
ACHTUNG: Im Falle von Störungen der Lasereinheit muß diese ersetzt werden. Das  
Gehäuse der Lasereinheit darf nicht geöffnet werden, da sonst  
Laserstrahlen austreten können.  
(1)  
Location of the laser beam window.  
Window  
Fig. 1-1  
(2)  
Location of Caution Label for Laser Product. (200V only)  
CLASS 1LASER PRODUCT  
APPAREIL Å LASER DE CLASSE 1  
LASER KLASSE 1 PRODUKT  
Fig. 1-2  
I-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER II THEORY OF OPERATION  
1.  
ELECTRONICS  
1.1  
General Block Diagram  
HL-820/1020  
Fig. 2-1 shows a general block diagram of the HL-820/1020 printer.  
Control system  
Interface block  
Video control block  
Engine control block  
Operation block  
(Operation panel)  
Erase lamp  
Paper tray unit  
Paper tray  
Drive block  
(Stepping motor)  
Laser scanner unit  
Drum unit  
Manual feed  
Fixing unit  
Transfer block  
Cleaner  
block  
Developing  
block  
Drum  
Charging  
block  
Paper eject block  
Paper feed system  
Toner cartridge  
Image generation system  
Fig. 2-1  
II-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
HL-1040  
Fig. 2-2 shows a general block diagram of the HL-1040 printer.  
Optional I/F board  
(Mac. RS-232C)  
Control system  
Expansion I/O  
Interface block  
Video control block  
Engine control block  
Operation block  
(Operation panel)  
Erase lamp  
Paper tray unit  
Drive block  
(Stepping motor)  
Laser scanner unit  
Drum unit  
Paper tray  
Manual feed  
Transfer block  
Fixing unit  
Cleaner  
block  
Developing  
block  
Drum  
Charging  
block  
Paper eject block  
Paper feed system  
Toner cartridge  
Image generation system  
Fig. 2-2  
II-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
HL-1050  
Fig. 2-3 shows a general block diagram of the HL-1050 printer.  
Optional RAM (SIMM)  
(max. 32Mbytes)  
Optional I/F board  
(Mac. RS-232C)  
Control system  
Expansion memory I/O  
Expansion I/O  
Interface block  
Video control block  
Engine control block  
Operation block  
(Operation panel)  
Erase lamp  
Paper tray unit  
Drive block  
(Stepping motor)  
Laser scanner unit  
Drum unit  
Paper tray  
Manual feed  
Transfer block  
Fixing unit  
Cleaner  
block  
Developing  
block  
Drum  
Charging  
block  
Paper eject block  
Paper feed system  
Toner cartridge  
Image generation system  
Fig. 2-3  
II-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1.2  
Main PCB Block Diagram  
HL-820/1020  
Fig. 2-4 shows the block diagram of the main PCB.  
A S I C  
CPU Core  
(MC68EC000)  
Oscillator (15.3MHz)  
Reset Circuit  
BUS  
INT  
Address Decoder  
DRAM Control  
Program + Font ROM  
512 Kbytes  
Timer  
RAM  
(2.0 Mbytes)  
FIFO  
DATA EXTENSION  
To PC  
CDCC Parallel I/O  
Soft Support  
EEPROM (128 8 bits)  
EEPROM I/O  
Motor Driver  
Engine Control I/O  
To Panel Sensor PCB  
Fig. 2-4  
II-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
HL-1040  
Fig. 2-5 shows the block diagram of the main PCB.  
A S I C  
CPU Core  
(MC68EC000)  
Oscillator (15.3MHz)  
Reset Circuit  
BUS  
INT  
Address Decoder  
DRAM Control  
Program + Font ROM  
512 Kbytes  
Timer  
RAM  
(2.0 Mbytes)  
FIFO  
DATA EXTENSION  
Option Serial I/O  
(RS232C & RS422A)  
To PC  
CDCC Parallel I/O  
Soft Support  
EEPROM (128 8 bits)  
EEPROM I/O  
Motor Driver  
Engine Control I/O  
To Panel Sensor PCB  
Fig. 2-5  
II-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
HL-1050  
Fig. 2-6 shows the block diagram of the main PCB.  
A S I C  
CPU Core  
(MB86831)  
Oscillator (33.3MHz)  
Reset Circuit  
BUS  
INT  
Address Decoder  
DRAM Control  
Program + Font ROM  
4.0 Mbytes  
Timer  
RAM  
(4.0 Mbytes)  
FIFO  
Option RAM (SIMM)  
(max. 32Mbytes)  
CDCC Parallel I/O  
To PC  
To PC  
USB I/O  
Soft Support  
Option Serial I/O  
(RS232C & RS422A)  
EEPROM (512 x 8 bits)  
EEPROM I/O  
Engine Control I/O  
Motor Driver  
To Panel Sensor PCB  
Fig. 2-6  
II-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1.3  
Main PCB  
1.3.1 CPU Core  
HL-820/1020/1040  
Fig. 2-7 shows the CPU circuit block on the main PCB.  
The CPU is a Motorola MC68EC000FN16 which is driven with a clock frequency of  
15.3MHz. This clock frequency is made by dividing the source clock of 30.67 MHz into  
two.  
Fig. 2-7  
II-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
HL-1050  
Fig. 2-8 shows the CPU circuit block on the main PCB.  
The CPU is a Motorola MB86831 which is driven with a clock frequency of 33MHz. The  
CPU itself runs at 66MHz.  
Fig. 2-8  
II-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1.3.2 ASIC  
HL-820/1020/1040  
The ASIC is composed of a Cell Based IC that contains the following functional blocks.  
(1)  
Oscillator circuit  
Generates the main clock for the CPU by dividing the source clock frequency into  
two.  
(2)  
(3)  
Address decoder  
Generates the CS for each device.  
DRAM control  
Generates the RAS, CAS, WE, OE and MA signals for the DRAM and controls  
refresh processing (CAS before RAS self-refreshing method).  
(4)  
Interrupt control  
Interrupt levels:  
Priority  
High  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
NMI  
FIFO  
EXINT(Option Serial I/O)  
BD / Timer 1  
SCANINT  
CDCC / BOISE / DATA EXTENSION  
Timer 2  
Low  
(5)  
Timers  
The following timers are incorporated:  
Timer 1  
Timer 2  
Timer 3  
16-bit timer  
10-bit timer  
Watch-dog timer  
(6)  
(7)  
FIFO  
A 5,120-bit FIFO is incorporated. Data for one raster scan is transferred from the  
RAM to the FIFO by DMA transmission and is output as serial video data. The  
data cycle is 10.22 MHz.  
CDCC parallel I/O  
<Data receiving>  
There are two modes in this unit. One is the CPU receiving mode and the other is  
the DMA receiving mode. In the CPU receiving mode the CPU receives the  
command data from the PC, and after the CPU is switched to the DMA mode, it  
receives the image data and writes to the DRAM directly.  
II-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CPU Receive Mode  
STROBE  
BUSY  
ACK  
90 µsec  
0.5 µsec  
DMA Receive Mode  
STROBE  
BUSY  
ACK  
1.5 µsec  
0.5 µsec  
BUSY goes HIGH at the falling edge of STROBE. The data (8 bits) from the PC is  
latched in the data buffer at the rising edge of STROBE. The pulse width of ACK  
differs according to the speed MODE as shown above. BUSY goes LOW at the  
rising edge of ACK.  
<IEEE1284 support>  
This supports the IEEE1284 data transfer with the following modes.  
Nibble mode  
Byte  
mode  
(8)  
(9)  
Data expansion  
This circuit expands the compressed image data received from the PC, and writes  
the bit map data to the FIFO.  
Software support  
Supports 16 x 16 rotation, bit expansion, and bit search.  
(10) EEPROM I/O  
One output port and one I/O port are assigned.  
II-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(11) Engine control I/O  
This I/O is used for the connection to the panel sensor PCB. It controls the main  
motor, solenoid, sensors, etc.  
Fig. 2-9  
II-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
HL-1050  
The ASIC is composed of a Cell Based IC that contains the following functional blocks.  
(1)  
(2)  
(3)  
Oscillator circuit  
Generates the main clock for the CPU.  
Address decoder  
Generates the CS for each device.  
DRAM control  
Generates the RAS, CAS, WE, OE and MA signals for the DRAM and controls  
refresh processing (CAS before RAS self-refreshing method).  
(4)  
Interrupt control  
Interrupt levels:  
Priority  
High  
10  
9
8
Reserve interrupt 1 (for debug)  
Watch Dog Timer  
LSB EMPTY (for VDO FIFO)  
Timer 1  
7
6
USB  
5
4
3
2
XIO interrupt (RS-100M) or MIO interrupt  
BD (for engine check)  
Reserve interrupt 2  
CDCC  
Low  
1
Timer 2  
Note:  
All the interrupts can be masked.  
The priority of levels 7, 6, and 5 are changeable from the program.  
(5)  
Timers  
The following timers are incorporated:  
Timer 1  
Timer 2  
Timer 3  
32-bit timer  
32-bit timer  
Watch-dog timer  
(6)  
(7)  
FIFO  
A 10Kbit FIFO is included. Data for one raster scan is transferred from the RAM to  
the FIFO by DMA transmission and is output as serial video data. The data cycle is  
10.43MHz.  
Parallel I/O  
<Data receive Mode>  
There are two modes in this unit. One is the CPU receive mode and the other is  
the DMA receive mode. In the CPU receive mode the CPU receives the command  
data from the PC, and after the CPU is switched to the DMA mode, it receives the  
image data and writes it to the DRAM directly.  
II-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CPU Receive Mode  
STROBE  
BUSY  
ACK  
90 µsec  
0.5 µsec  
DMA Receive Mode  
STROBE  
BUSY  
ACK  
1.5 µsec  
0.5 µsec  
BUSY goes HIGH at the falling edge of the STROBE signal. The data (8 bits) from  
the PC is latched into the data buffer at the rising edge of the STROBE signal. The  
pulse width of ACK varies according to the speed MODE as shown above. BUSY  
goes LOW on the rising edge of ACK.  
<IEEE1284 support>  
This supports the IEEE1284 data transfer with the following mode.  
Nibble  
Byte  
ECP  
mode  
mode  
mode  
(8)  
(9)  
Data expansion  
This circuit expands the compressed image data received from the PC, and writes  
the bit map data to the FIFO.  
Software support  
Supports 16 x 16 rotation, bit expansion, bit search, and decimal point conversion.  
(10) EEPROM I/O  
One output port and one I/O port are assigned.  
II-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
(11) Engine control I/O  
This I/O is used for the connection to the panel sensor PCB. It controls the main  
motor, solenoid, sensors, etc.  
Fig. 2-10  
II-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
1.3.3 ROM  
HL-820/1020/1040  
A program file of 512 Kbytes and the font data are stored in the ROM. A 42-pin IC socket  
is provided: a 16 Mbits ROM (42-pin) is mounted into this socket normally, but a 4 Mbits  
ROM (40-pin) can be mounted by leaving the 1st and 42nd pins of the socket open  
circuit.  
Fig. 2-11  
HL-1050  
A program file of 4.0 Mbytes and the font data are stored in the ROM. Two 42-pin IC  
sockets are provided: two 16 Mbits ROMs (42-pin) can be mounted into these sockets.  
Fig. 2-12  
II-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1.3.4 DRAM  
HL-820/1020/1040  
A 16M-bit DRAM (x 16bits) is used as the RAM.  
Fig. 2-13  
HL-1050  
Two 16M-bit DRAMs (x 16bits) are used as the RAM.  
Fig. 2-14  
II-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1.3.5 Optional RAM  
HL-1050  
A 32bit (72 pin) SIMM can be fitted as optional RAM. The main PCB has one slot and the  
capacity of SIMM can be from 1 Mbyte to 32 Mbytes.  
Fig. 2-15  
II-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1.3.6 Optional Serial I/O  
HL-1040/1050  
The interrupt of the serial I/O is input to the EXINT terminal of the ASIC, and is  
recognized by the CPU. A 32-byte register is provided for this I/O, which is read  
and written to by the CPU.  
Fig. 2-16  
1.3.7 EEPROM  
HL-820/1020/1040  
The EEPROM is an XL24C01AF type of two-wire method with a 128 x 8 bits  
configuration.  
M62320FP is an IC which transfers the data received from the serial I/O to the parallel  
I/O.  
Fig. 2-17  
HL-1050  
The EEPROM is XL24C04AF type of two-wire method with a 512 x 8 bits configuration.  
Fig. 2-18  
II-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1.3.8 Reset Circuit  
HL-820/1020/1040  
The reset IC is a PST598DNR. The reset voltage is 4.2V (typ.) and the LOW period of  
reset is 200ms (typ).  
Fig. 2-19  
HL-1050  
The reset IC is a PST596DNR. The reset voltage is 4.2V (typ.) and the LOW period of  
reset is 50ms (typ).  
Fig. 2-20  
1.3.9 CDCC I/O  
HL-820/1020/1040  
Fig. 2-21 shows the CDCC interface circuit.  
Fig. 2-21  
II-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
HL-1050  
Fig. 2-22 shows the CDCC interface circuit.  
Fig. 2-22  
II-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1.3.10 Engine I/O  
HL-820/1020/1040  
Fig. 2-23 shows the engine interface circuit.  
Fig. 2-23  
II-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
HL-1050  
Fig. 2-24 shows the engine interface circuit.  
Fig. 2-24  
II-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1.3.11 Paper Feed Motor Drive Circuit  
HL-820/1020/1040  
The motor driver is a TR array. The excitation method is 2-2 phase excitation with a  
bipolar drive.  
Fig. 2-25  
HL-1050  
The motor driver is a TR array. The excitation method is 2-2 phase excitation with a  
bipolar drive.  
Fig. 2-26  
II-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
1.4  
Panel Sensor PCB  
The following parts are on the panel sensor.  
• Control Panel...........1 Switch, 4 lamps  
• Connector................Low-voltage, high-voltage, solenoid, main motor, toner sensor,  
laser, polygon motor, connector for main PCB  
• Registration sensor  
1.5  
Power Supply  
1.5.1 Low-voltage Power Supply  
The power supply uses a switching regulation system to generate the regulated DC  
power (+5V and +24V), which are converted from the AC line.  
The regulated output and the production code of each power supply vary depending on  
the printer model as listed below;  
Model  
Regulated Output  
+5V / 0.6 A  
Production Code  
100V: MPW1547  
200V: MPW1447  
100V: MPW1550  
200V: MPW1450  
HL-820/1020/1040  
+24V / 2.0 A  
+5V / 1.2A  
HL-1050  
+24V / 2.0A  
(Heater)  
Thermal  
Fuse  
Lightning  
Surge  
Fuse  
Heater  
Absorber  
Circuit  
Lamp  
Feedback  
Line  
Filter  
Rectifier  
Oscillator  
(Panel Sensor Circuit)  
24V  
24V  
Regulation  
Circuit  
5V  
5V  
Regulation  
Circuit  
Fig. 2-27  
II-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1.5.2 High-voltage Power Supply  
This generates and outputs the voltages and currents for the charging, development and  
transfer functions.  
R1  
Current  
Regulator  
24VI  
B1  
Transfer Roller  
Voltage  
Regulator  
Supply  
Roller  
Photosensitive  
Drum  
VR22  
Cleaner  
Roller  
Developing  
Roller  
Current  
Regulator  
Corona  
Unit  
B81 Q81  
Voltage  
Regulator  
B101 Q101  
GND  
Current  
Regulator  
B121 Q121  
PAPER  
SENSOR  
Voltage  
Regulator  
PC141  
Z51 VR51  
Voltage  
Regulator  
VR71  
Voltage  
Regulator  
VR61  
Fig. 2-28  
II-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2.  
MECHANICS  
2.1  
Overview of Printing Mechanism  
Papers  
Multi-purpose Sheet Feeder  
Manual Paper Path  
MP Feeder Cover  
Paper Pick-up Roller  
Paper Feed  
Roller  
Drum Unit  
Photosensitive Drum  
Pinch Roller  
Blade  
Transfer  
Roller  
Erase Lamp  
Fixing Unit  
Hopper  
Plate  
Pressure Roller  
Registration Sensor Lever  
Eject Roller  
Eject Sensor  
Actuator  
Toner Cartridge  
Polygon Mirror  
Heat Roller  
Thermistor  
Development  
Roller  
Cleaning Roller  
Toner Empty  
Sensor  
Corona Wire  
Laser Scanner  
Supply Roller  
Scanner Unit  
Fig. 2-29  
Thermistor (for Heat roller)  
EL PCB  
Scanner Unit  
Main Motor  
Sub Motor  
Main Fan Motor  
Sub Fan Motor  
Solenoid  
Primary Charger (Corona Wire)  
Primary Charger (Grid)  
Developer Roller  
Transfer Roller  
Cleaner Roller  
High-  
Panel  
Sensor  
PCB  
Voltage  
Power  
Supply  
Main Cotrol PCB  
Supply Roller  
Eject Sensor  
Registration Sensor  
Toner Empty Sensor  
Thermistor (for Toner)  
Toner  
Empty  
Sensor  
PCB  
Fig. 2-30  
II-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2.2  
Paper Transfer  
2.2.1 Paper Supply  
The pick-up roller picks up one sheet of paper from the paper feeder every time it is  
rotated and feeds it to the paper feed roller.  
Pick-up roller  
p
Registration sensor lever  
Hopper plate  
Separation pad  
Fig. 2-31  
The paper is gripped between the pick-up roller and the separation pad and separated  
into individual sheets.  
The pick-up roller is directly connected to the sector gear, whose rotation is forcibly  
stopped by the gear stopper. When the pick-up solenoid is activated, the clutch  
mechanism is engaged by the solenoid action and the sector gear is driven; when it has  
completed one full turn its rotation is stopped again by the gear stopper. The paper  
drawn out by the pick-up roller pushes against the top of form sensor lever and the paper  
top position/absence of paper is detected by sensing the motion of the lever.  
2.2.2 Paper Registration  
When paper picked up from the multi-purpose sheet feeder (MPF) pushes against the top  
of form sensor actuator, the registration sensor lever is caused to turn, and the photo  
sensor detects this motion. When this signal from the sensor is detected the paper feed  
roller is stopped temporarily by the clutch. The paper is fed to the nip point between the  
paper feed roller and the pinch roller in the multi-purpose sheet feeder, and the skew of  
the paper is corrected by pushing the leading edge of the paper against the nip point.  
When the paper feed roller starts to be rotated again when it is released by the clutch,  
paper with the leading edge correctly aligned, is fed by the paper feed roller and is  
transported to the transfer roller.  
Paper  
Pinch roller  
Transfer roller  
Paper feed roller  
Drum  
Clutch mechanism (engaged/released by the solenoid assembly)  
Released when the solenoid is ON and engaged when the solenoid is OFF.  
Fig. 2-32  
II-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2.2.3 Paper Eject  
The completion of paper eject is detected in the following manner:  
(a)  
When the leading edge of the paper pushes down the eject sensor actuator  
located in the fixing unit, the photo sensor (photo interrupter) is opened and  
detects the start of paper eject.  
(b)  
When the trailing edge of the paper haspassedthrough the paper eject sensor  
actuator, the photo sensor is closed and the completion of paper eject is  
recognized.  
Transfer roller  
Pressure roller  
Eject sensor actuator  
Eject roller  
Drum  
Heat roller  
Fig. 2-33  
Eject sensor actuator  
Paper  
Sensor  
High-voltage power  
Eject sensor actuator  
supply PCB  
Sensor  
Fig. 2-34  
II-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2.3  
Sensors  
2.3.1 Cover Sensor  
Detects opening and closing of the top cover.  
Top Cover  
Cover Switch  
Fig. 2-35  
2.3.2 Toner Empty Sensor  
Detects if there is toner in the toner cartridge. It also detects whether or not the drum unit  
is installed. (The toner cartridge is installed in the drum unit).  
Toner Empty  
Sensor  
Fig. 2-36  
II-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2.4  
Drum Unit  
2.4.1 Photosensitive Drum  
Generates the latent electrostatic image and develops the image on the drum surface.  
2.4.2 Primary Charger  
Forms a uniform charge on the drum surface.  
(1)  
Corona wire  
Generates the ion charge on the drum.  
(2)  
Grid  
Spreads the ion charge evenly over the drum surface.  
2.4.3 Development Roller  
Develops the latent electrostatic image on the drum surface by the addition of the toner.  
2.4.4 Transfer Roller  
Transfers the toner image to the paper from the drum surface.  
2.4.5 Cleaner Roller  
Removes and recycles the toner remaining on the drum surface.  
2.4.6 Erase Lamp  
Discharges the electrostatic latent image on the drum.  
2.5  
Print Process  
2.5.1 Charging  
The drum is charged to approx. +1150V by an ion charge which is generated by the  
primary charger. The charge is generated by ionization of the corona wire, which has a  
DC bias from the high-voltage power supply applied to it. The flow of the ion charge is  
controlled by the grid to ensure it is distributed evenly on the drum surface. The drum  
sleeve is regulated to approx. 280V by the voltage regulator.  
Passive Type  
Voltage Regulator  
280V  
-
+
+
-
-
Aluminum drum sleeve  
-
Drum  
+
-
-
+
-
+
Organic Photoconductor layer  
-
+
- -  
-
+
+
1150V  
+ +  
Grid  
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Voltage  
Regulator  
+
+
+
+
HVPS  
Corona wire  
Fig. 2-37  
The primary charge uses a corona wire, but since the drum is positively charged, only  
less than 1/10 of the usual quantity of ozone is generated compared with the negatively  
charged drum. The level of ozone expelled from the printer is therefore not harmful to the  
human body. Applicable safety standards have been complied with.  
II-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2.5.2 Exposure Stage  
After the drum is positively charged, it is exposed to the light emitted from the laser unit.  
Laser Beam  
Drum  
Paper  
Laser beam  
f
lens  
Laser detector  
Laser diode  
Polygon mirror  
Motor  
Lens  
Fig. 2-38  
The area exposed to the laser beam is the image to be printed. The surface potential of  
the exposed area is reduced, forming the electrostatic image to be printed.  
1 Cycle of drum  
Primary charging  
1
2
1
2
3
4
Laser beam exposure and developing  
(a) Unexposed area  
( Non image area )  
(a)  
+1150  
+700  
(b) Exposed area  
( Image area )  
3
4
Transfer the image to paper  
Erase the residual potential  
(b)  
+400  
+300  
Drum  
Sleeve  
Time  
Fig. 2-39  
II-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2.5.3 Developing  
Developing causes the toner to be attracted to the electrostatic image on the drum so as  
to transform it into a visible image.  
The developer consists of a non-magnetic toner. The development roller is made of  
conductive rubber and the supply roller (which is also made of conductive sponge) rotate  
against each other. The toner is charged and carried from the supply roller to the  
development roller. The toner adheres to the development roller and is conveyed to the  
drum at an even thickness controlled by the blade. The toner is nipped between the  
development roller and the drum and developed onto the latent image on the drum. The  
electrostatic field between the drum and the development roller, which is DC-biased from  
the high-voltage power supply, creates the electrostatic potential to attract toner particles  
from the development roller to the latent image area on the drum surface.  
(a) Transfer process [ON]  
Transfer roller  
Blade  
Toner  
Separator  
(b) Cleaning process [ON]  
Auger  
Drum  
Erase lamp  
Develop housing  
(a) Collecting process  
Supply roller  
(b) Discharging process  
Development  
roller  
Cleaning roller  
DC-bias  
SR-bias  
Fig. 2-40  
2.5.4 Transfer  
(a)  
Transfer process  
After the drum has been charged and exposed, and has received a developed  
image, the toner formed is transferred onto the paper by applying a negative  
charge to the back of the paper. The negative charge applied to the paper causes  
the positively charged toner to leave the drum, and adhere to the paper. As a  
result, the image is visible on the paper.  
(b)  
Cleaning process of transfer roller  
If the toner is not transferred onto the paper perfectly, it is possible that there may  
be residual toner on the drum which will adhere to the transfer roller. The transfer  
voltage changes to a positive voltage during non-printing rotation of the drum.  
Therefore the transfer roller is cleaned by returning the positively charged toner  
adhering to the transfer roller onto the photo-conductive drum.  
II-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2.5.5 Drum Cleaning Stage  
In the image transfer stage, not all the toner on the photosensitive drum is transferred  
onto the paper but some remains on the drum. In the drum cleaning stage, the drum  
surface is cleaned by the cleaning roller, so that residual toner on the drum surface is  
removed and collected on the cleaning roller itself. The residual toner on the cleaning  
roller will be discharged to the drum during starting or non-printing time. The toner will be  
collected by the developing roller and reused (for further developing).  
2.5.6 Erasing Stage  
Before the cleaning stage, the drum surface is exposed to the light emitted from the  
erase lamp (LED lamp). This stage prepares the drum by decreasing its surface voltage  
uniformly, ready to receive a uniform charge in the primary charging stage.  
2.5.7 Fixing Stage  
The image transferred to the paper by static electricity is fixed by heat and pressure when  
passing through the heat roller and the pressure roller in the fixing unit. The thermistor  
ASSY keeps the surface temperature of the heat roller constant by detecting the surface  
temperature of the heat roller and turning on or off the halogen heater lamp.  
Pressure roller  
Thermistor ASSY  
Halogen heater lamp  
Heat roller  
Cleaner ASSY  
Fig. 2-41  
II-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER III DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY  
1.  
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  
To avoid creating secondary problems by mishandling, be careful to follow the following  
precautions during maintenance work.  
(1)  
Always turn off the power switch and unplug the power cord from the power outlet  
before accessing any parts inside the printer.  
(2)  
(3)  
Be careful not to lose screws, washers, or other parts removed.  
Be sure to apply grease to the gears and applicable positions specified in this  
chapter.  
(4)  
(5)  
When using soldering irons or other heat-generating tools, take care not to  
accidentally damage parts such as wires, PCBs, and covers.  
Before handling any PCBs, touch a metal portion of the equipment to discharge  
any static electricity charge on your body, or the electronic parts or components  
may be damaged.  
(6)  
(7)  
When transporting PCBs, be sure to wrap them in the correct protective packaging.  
Be sure to replace self-tapping screws correctly, if removed. Unless otherwise  
specified, tighten screws to the following torque values.  
TAPTITE, BIND or CUP B  
M3 : 7kgf • cm  
M4 : 10kgf • cm  
TAPTITE, CUP S  
M3 : 8kgf • cm  
SCREW  
M3 : 7kgf • cm  
M4 : 8kgf • cm  
(8)  
(9)  
When connecting or disconnecting cable connectors, hold the connector body, not  
the cables. If the connector has a lock, release the connector lock first to release  
it.  
After a repair, check not only the repaired portion but also all connectors. Also  
check that other related portions are functioning properly before operational  
checks.  
III-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2.  
DISASSEMBLY FLOW  
III-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3.  
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE  
3.1  
Output Tray ASSY  
(1)  
(2)  
Open the output tray toward you.  
Press the hinges at the left and right sides of the output tray inwards to release the  
output tray from the main cover.  
Output Tray  
Output Tray  
Main Cover  
Fig. 3.1  
3.2  
Drum Unit  
(1)  
(2)  
Open the top cover.  
Lift out the drum unit.  
Drum Unit  
Top Cover  
Main Cover  
Fig. 3.2  
III-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3.3  
Top Cover  
(1)  
(2)  
Open the top cover.  
Press the hinges at the left and right sides of the top cover inwards to release the  
top cover from the main cover.  
Note:  
It is recommended for easy removal to press the side of the top cover (  
) while pulling  
the side of the main cover (  
).  
Top Cover  
2
Main Cover  
Top Cover  
1
Main Cover  
Fig. 3-3  
3.4  
Rear Cover  
(1)  
(2)  
Remove the two M4x12 tapping screws.  
Remove the rear cover.  
Multi-purpose Sheet Feeder  
Taptite, bind M4x12  
Taptite, bind M4x12  
Rear Cover  
Main Cover  
Fig. 3-4  
Note:  
When re-assembling the rear cover, hook the two hooks at the right and left hand side  
(rear), then secure the two screws.  
III-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3.5  
MP Sheet Feeder ASSY  
Caution:  
When disassembling the MP sheet feeder ASSY, if you get the grease on your fingers,  
take care not to touch the separation pad or the paper pick-up roller, the grease spread to  
the paper and the drum unit. It might cause black spots to appear on the printed page.  
(1)  
Push the left rib outwards and pull out the MP sheet feeder. It is not necessary to  
release the right rib.  
Multi-purpose  
Sheet Feeder  
Rib  
Fig. 3-5  
Note:  
When re-assembling, apply a suitable amount of grease (2 rice-grain size) between the  
heat sink of the motor and the ground leaf spring in case of grease shortage. (Refer to  
the figure below.)  
Ground leaf spring  
Grease: FLOIL GE-676  
(or FLOIL GE-334C)  
Motor heat sink  
6.2MM  
Fig. 3-6  
III-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3.6  
Fixing Unit  
(1)  
(2)  
Remove the two M4x16 tapping screws.  
Lifting the fixing unit, disconnect the thermistor connector on the EL PCB first, then  
the two heater harnesses.  
Taptite, cup M4x16  
Fixing Unit  
Taptite, cup M4x16  
EL PCB  
Thermistor harness  
Heater harness (Brown)  
Heater harness  
(Blue)  
Thermistor connector  
Fig. 3-7  
Note:  
The eject sensor actuator may also be removed when removing the fixing unit. In this  
case be sure to re-assemble the eject sensor actuator when re-assembling the fixing unit.  
(3)  
(4)  
Remove the two M3x12 tapping screws.  
Open the fixing unit cover along the open side of the fixing unit cover.  
Fixing unit cover  
Taptite, bind M3x12  
Shaft  
Fixing unit  
v r  
Pressure roller  
Fixing unit frame  
Fig. 3-8  
III-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
PR98292  
(5)  
(6)  
Release the right side of the paper eject roller shaft.  
Remove the four eject pinch rollers and the pinch springs from the fixing unit  
frame. Then, remove the pinch spring from each pinch roller.  
Paper eject roller shaft  
Pinch Spring  
Eject Pinch Roller  
Fig. 3-8a  
(7)  
(8)  
Remove the M3x10 self tapping screw securing the connector plate.  
Remove the connector plate from the fixing unit frame and loosen the other M3x10  
tapping screw securing the fixing unit cover.  
(9)  
Remove the idle gear 16 from the fixing unit frame to remove the heat roller. Then,  
remove the halogen heater lamp from the heat roller.  
Caution :  
Never touch the surface of the halogen heater lamp and the heat roller.  
Heat Roller Bearing  
Halogen heater lamp  
(Blue 100V, Red 200V)  
Heat roller  
Groove  
Heat Roller Bearing  
Taptite, pan  
M3x10  
Heat Roller Washer  
Retaining ring  
Heat roller gear  
Idle gear 16  
Taptite, pan M3x10  
Connector plate  
Fixing unit frame  
Fig. 3-9  
Note:  
When re-assembling the bearing at the both ends of the heat roller, ensure that the  
direction of the bearing is correct referring to the above figure.  
The heat roller itself is very similar to the one for HL-1060/1070 printers. The heat  
roller for the HL-820/1020/1040/1050 printers can be distinguished by the groove on  
the edge of the roller. (Refer to the above figure.)  
III-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
When replacing the heat roller cleaner with a new one, attach the cleaner referring to  
the figure below;  
-1mm ~ +1mm  
4mm ~ 5mm  
Fig. 3-10  
Follow the instructions below when installing the thermistor in the fixing unit.  
i) Place the cleaner felt of the cleaner ASSY for the thermistor under the heat roller.  
ii) Place the end of the thermistor on the heat roller.  
iii) Insert boss1 of the thermistor into the hole of the fixing unit frame.  
iv) Do no place the thermistor on boss2 of the fixing unit frame.  
Thermistor  
Boss2  
Heat Roller  
Boss1  
Fixing unit frame  
Cleaner ASSY for thermistor  
Fig. 3-11  
3.7  
Scanner Unit  
(1)  
(2)  
Remove the three M4x12 tapping screws.  
Lift out the scanner unit.  
Taptite, bind M4x12  
Taptite, bind M4x12  
Scanner Unit  
Main cover  
Panel Sensor PCB  
Fig. 3-12  
III-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Note:  
When replacing the scanner unit, ensure to assemble the ferrite core using the cable  
binder as follows;  
Ferrite Core  
Cable binder  
Flat cable  
LD harness  
Fig. 3-13  
(3)  
(4)  
Disconnect the three connectors from the panel sensor PCB.  
Remove the M3x8 tapping screw, and lift the toner sensor PCB from the scanner  
unit.  
Caution:  
Never touch the inside of the scanner unit or the mirror when disassembling or  
reassembling. If there is any dirt or dust on the mirror, blow it off.  
Taptite, cup M3x8  
Toner Sensor PCB  
Scanner Unit  
Fig. 3-14  
III-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3.8  
Main PCB ASSY  
(1)  
(2)  
Remove the three M4x6 screws.  
Hold the hooks at the left and right of the mounting frame to pull out the main PCB  
ASSY.  
Screw, pan M4x6  
Hook  
Main PCB ASSY  
Screw, pan M4x6  
Hook  
Fig. 3-15  
3.9  
Base Plate ASSY  
Caution:  
Prior to turning the printer upside-down, ensure that the drum unit has been removed  
from the printer.  
(1)  
(2)  
Turn the printer upside down.  
Remove the eight M4 and five M3 self tapping screws.  
Taptite, cup M3x6  
Taptite, bind M4x12  
Taptite, bind M4x12  
Taptite, cup M3x6  
Taptite, bind M4x12  
Base plate ASSY  
Taptite, bind M4x12  
Fig. 3-16  
III-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(3)  
Lift the base plate ASSY and remove the grounding screw.  
Base Plate ASSY  
Ground wire  
Screw pan(washer),  
M3.5x6  
Low-voltage Power  
Supply PCB ASSY  
Fig. 3-17  
3.10 Panel Sensor PCB ASSY  
(1)  
(2)  
Remove the main shield.  
Remove the M4x12 screw securing the panel sensor PCB ASSY.  
Main shield  
Taptite, bind M4x12  
A
Main shield  
C
Panel Sensor PCB ASSY  
Panel Sensor PCB ASSY  
B
Fig. 3-18  
Note:  
When re-assembling the main shield, ensure that you fit PCB A to underneath the  
main shield.  
When re-assembling the panel sensor PCB, ensure that you fit the PCB into hook B  
and hook C first. Then, fit the two bosses to the PCB and secure the screw.  
III-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(3)  
Disconnect the eight connectors from the PCB. (Three connectors have already  
been disconnected when removing the scanner unit.)  
Panel Sensor  
PCB ASSY  
1
2
3
5
4
10  
9
6
8
(Name of the Harnesses)  
1. Low-voltage harness  
2. Erase lamp harness  
3. Toner harness  
7
4. Scan motor flat cable  
5. Laser harness  
6. Solenoid harness  
7. Main / sub motor connector  
8. Fan motor 1 harness  
9. Fan motor 2 harness  
10. High-voltage flat cable  
Main frame  
Fig. 3-19  
Note:  
When re-assembling, the cable connectors must be inserted securely into the PCB  
connectors and the PCB must not be stressed by the harnesses.  
The connectors should be inserted by matching the housing color and the number of  
pins.  
3.11 Low-voltage Power Supply PCB ASSY  
(1)  
Remove the one M4x12 tapping screw securing the low-voltage power supply PCB  
ASSY.  
(2)  
Disconnect the two connectors for the heater harness and the LV harness from the  
PCB.  
Low-voltage Power Supply ASSY  
H
r h rn  
LV harness  
Fig. 3-20  
III-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(3)  
Remove the one M4x12 screw to remove the inlet holder. Then, remove the inlet  
and the PCB.  
Note:  
When re-assembling the inlet holder and AC inlet, be sure to insert the part A of the  
holder into the hole of the ferrite core.  
Inlet Holder  
A
AC Inlet  
Main Cover  
Ferrite Core  
Fig. 3-21  
3.12 High-voltage Power Supply PCB ASSY  
(1)  
(2)  
(2)  
Remove the one M4x12 screw securing the high-voltage power supply PCB ASSY.  
Remove the film covering the PCB.  
Disconnect the HV flat cable from the PCB.  
High-voltage Power  
Supply PCB ASSY  
Taptite, bind  
M4x12  
HV flat cable  
Insulation Sheet  
Main Cover  
Fig. 3-22  
III-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3.13 Sub Fan Motor ASSY  
(1) Slide the sub fan motor ASSY upwards.  
Sub Fan Motor  
Manufacturer sticker side  
Main Cover  
Fig. 3-23  
Note:  
When re-assembling the sub fan motor, ensure that the side on which the manufacturers  
sticker is attached is facing the main frame.  
3.14 Main Fan Motor ASSY  
(1) Remove the two M4x12 screws securing the fan motor holder.  
(2)  
(3)  
Remove the fan motor holder from the printer.  
Remove the main fan motor from the fan motor holder.  
Fan motor holder  
Taptite, bind M4x12  
Taptite, bind  
M4x12  
Manufacturer sticker side  
Fan Motor  
Main frame  
Fig. 3-24  
III-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PR980109  
Fan motor holder  
Note:  
When re-assembling the fan motor  
into the holder, refer to the figure on  
the right.  
Fan Motor  
Fig. 3-25  
3.15 Drive Unit  
(1) Unhook the heater harness from the drive unit.  
Heater harness  
Drive Unit  
Ferrite Core  
(HL-1050 only)  
Ferrite Core  
(HL-1050, 200V only)  
Hook  
Fig. 3-26  
(2)  
Remove the three M4x20 and one M4x12 screws securing the drive unit.  
Taptite, cup M4x20  
Taptite, cup M4x12  
Ferrite Core  
(HL-1050 only)  
Electrode DRB1  
Ferrite Core  
(HL-1050, 100V only)  
Motor harness  
Fig. 3-27  
III-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Note:  
When re-assembling the drive unit, ensure that you fit the drive unit underneath the  
electrode DRB1.  
When disassembling the drive unit, be sure to remove the eight ferrite cores of two  
types on the heater harness and the motor harness. (Refer to the figures in the  
previous page, Fig. 3-26 and Fig. 3-27.) The place where the bigger core should be  
assembled varies depending on the model.  
3.16 Main Motor ASSY  
(1)  
(2)  
Remove the two M3x6 screws securing the main motor.  
Remove the main motor ASSY.  
Taptite, bind M3x6  
Drive Unit  
Main Motor ASSY  
Fig. 3-28  
3.17 Sub Motor ASSY  
(1)  
(2)  
Remove the two M3x6 screws securing the sub motor.  
Remove the sub motor ASSY.  
T p i  
in M x  
Sub Motor ASSY  
Fig. 3-29  
III-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3.18 Paper Support  
(1)  
Pull the paper support down toward you and pull both legs outwards to release it.  
MP Sheet Feeder  
Paper Support  
Fig. 3-30  
3.19 Extension Support Wire  
(1)  
Raise the extension support wire toward you and press both legs inward to release  
it.  
Output Tray  
Extension Support Wire  
Fig. 3-31  
III-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4.  
PACKING  
Documents  
Accessory carton  
Pad  
Printer  
Bag  
Pad  
Carton  
Fig. 3-32  
III-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER IV MAINTENANCE ANDTROUBLESHOOTING  
1.  
INTRODUCTION  
1.1  
Initial Check  
(1)  
Operating environment  
Check if :  
• The source voltage stays within ±10% from the rated voltage shown on the rating  
plate.  
• The printer is installed on a solid, level surface.  
• The room temperature is maintained between 10°C and 32.5°C. The relative  
humidity is maintained between 20% and 80%.  
• The printer is not located in a dusty place.  
• The printer is not exposed to ammonia fumes or other harmful gases.  
• The printer is not located in a hot or humid area (such as near water or a  
humidifier).  
• The printer is not exposed to direct sunlight.  
• The room is well-ventilated.  
• The printer is not placed where the ventilation hole of the printer is blocked.  
(2)  
Print paper  
Check if :  
• A recommended type of print paper is being used. [If the paper is too thick or too  
thin, or tends to curl, paper jams or paper feed problems may occur, or printed  
images may be blurred.]  
• The print paper is damped. [If so, use fresh paper, and check whether the print  
quality improves or not.]  
• The print paper is short-grained paper or acid paper. [If so, print quality problems  
may occur. For further information, refer to paper specifications in Chapter II.]  
(3)  
(4)  
Consumables  
Check if :  
• The Toner lamp is not lit on the control panel when a toner cartridge is installed in  
the printer. [If the lamp is lit, replace the cartridge with a new one. If blank spots  
occur on printouts, take out the drum unit and slowly rock it to redistribute the  
toner evenly.]  
Others  
Condensation:  
When the printer is moved from a cold room into a warm room in cold weather,  
condensation may occur inside the printer, causing various problems as listed  
below:  
• Condensation on the optical surfaces such as the scanning mirror, lenses, the  
reflection mirror and the protection glass may cause the print image to be light.  
• If the photosensitive drum is cold, the electrical resistance of the photosensitive  
layer is increased, making it impossible to obtain the correct contrast when  
printing.  
IV-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• Condensation on the corona unit may cause corona charge leakage.  
• Condensation on the hopper gate and separation pad may cause paper feed  
troubles.  
If condensation has occurred, wipe the effected units or parts with a dry cloth.  
If the drum unit is unpacked soon after it is moved from a cold room to a warm room,  
condensation may occur inside the unit, which may cause incorrect images. Instruct the  
user to allow the unit to come to room temperature before unpacking it. This will take one  
or two hours.  
1.2  
Basic Procedure  
If a malfunction or incorrect print appears, make an initial check following the basic  
procedure below:  
(1)  
Check the error lamps following the inspection procedure described later in  
this section. If no error lamps are lit, see Section 4 for troubleshooting information.  
(2)  
If any defective image output is found, follow the image defect fault descriptions in  
this section.  
IV-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2.  
CONSUMABLE PARTS  
2.1  
Drum Unit  
The Drum lamp is on when the drum unit is nearly at the end of its life.  
Life expectancy:  
20,000 pages at 20 pages per job  
8,000 pages at 1 page per job  
Note:  
There are many factors that determine the actual drum life, such as temperature,  
humidity, type of paper and toner that you use, the number of pages per print job, etc..  
2.2  
Toner Cartridge  
Toner low:  
The Data and Alarm lamps blink once every five seconds.  
The Data and Alarm lamps blink once every second.  
Toner empty:  
Life expectancy:  
2,400 pages/new toner cartridge  
(when printing A4- or letter-size paper at 5% print coverage)  
Note:  
Toner life expectancy will vary depending on the type of average print job printed.  
2.3  
Periodical Replacement Parts  
No.  
1
Description  
Fixing Unit  
Part No.  
Qty service life (number of prints) Remarks  
UL8750001  
1
1
1
1
(50,000)  
120V  
230V  
Fixing Unit  
UL8751001  
UL8748001  
UL8749001  
(50,000)  
2
3
Scanner Unit  
(50,000 or more)  
(50,000 or more)  
MP sheet feeder ASSY  
Note:  
The above table shows only estimated values. They are subject to change without prior  
notice.  
IV-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3.  
IMAGE DEFECTS  
3.1  
Image Defect Examples  
I-1 Light  
I-2 Dark  
I-3 Completely blank  
I-4 All black  
I-5 Dirt on back of paper  
I-6 Black vertical  
streaks  
I-6 Black vertical  
streaks  
I-7 Black horizontal  
stripes  
I-10 Faulty  
registration  
I-8 Black vertical  
streaks  
I-9 White vertical  
streaks  
I-11 Poor fixing  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print  
o
Print out test print  
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print  
I-12 Image distortion  
I-15 Black spots  
I-13 Faint print  
I-14 White spots  
I-17 Gray background  
I-18 Hollow print  
I-19 Downward fogging  
of solid black  
I-16 Black band  
I-20 Horizontal lines  
I-21 Light rain  
I-22 Ghost  
Fig. 4.1  
IV-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3.2  
Troubleshooting Image Defects  
The following procedures should be followed in the event of specific image defects.  
See subsection 3.3 for information about the location of the high-voltage contacts and  
grounding contacts.  
Caution:  
Print quality can not be guaranteed in the following cases;  
When using the printer for a special job, such as printing of name cards.  
When printing much narrower paper than printable paper width.  
When printing on one area of the paper continuously even though Letter or A4-size  
paper is used.  
I-1  
Light  
HV.GND  
contacts  
(Fig.4-5)  
Possible cause  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
Yes  
Remedy  
Toner sensing  
failure  
Can printing be started with the  
drum unit removed?  
Toner sensor failure.  
Check if the toner  
sensor needs  
cleaning and check  
the toner sensor  
connection.  
(printer side)  
Toner sensing  
failure  
2
Is the problem solved when 4  
or 5 pages are printed after the  
toner cartridge is replaced with  
a full one?  
Yes  
The wiper of the  
toner cartridge is  
defective.  
(toner cartridge  
side)  
Replace the toner  
cartridge.  
Drum  
connection  
failure  
3
4
5
6
Are all the contacts (HV, GND)  
connected when the drum unit  
is installed?  
No  
No  
Clean contact  
electrodes both in the  
printer body and on  
the drum unit.  
High-voltage  
power supply  
PCB failure  
Check the harness connection  
between the high-voltage  
power supply PCB and the  
panel sensor PCB.  
If the connection is  
normal, replace the  
high-voltage power  
supply PCB.  
Panel sensor  
PCB or main  
PCB failure  
Perform the same check as  
step 4 above and also between  
the panel sensor PCB and the  
main PCB.  
No  
Replace the panel  
sensor PCB or the  
main PCB.  
Scanner unit  
failure  
Is the problem solved by  
replacing the scanner unit?  
Yes  
Replace the scanner  
unit.  
IV-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
I-2  
Dark  
HV.GND  
contacts  
(Fig.4-5)  
Possible cause  
Step  
Check  
Result  
Yes  
Remedy  
Corona failure  
(soiled wire)  
1
2
Is the corona wire dirty?  
Clean the corona wire  
by using the wire  
cleaner.  
Corona failure  
(contact failure)  
Are the corona electrodes  
between the printer body and  
drum unit dirty?  
No  
Clean both electrodes.  
Drum unit failure  
3
4
Is the problem solved when the  
drum unit is replaced?  
Yes  
No  
Replace the drum  
unit with a new one.  
High-voltage  
power supply  
PCB  
Are there any disconnected  
connectors?  
Replace the high-  
voltage power supply  
PCB.  
Main PCB  
5
6
Are there any disconnected  
connectors?  
No  
No  
Replace the main  
PCB.  
Panel sensor  
PCB  
Are there any disconnected  
connectors?  
Replace the panel  
sensor PCB.  
IV-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
I-3  
Completely blank  
HV.GND  
contacts  
(Fig.4-5)  
Possible cause  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
Yes  
Remedy  
Developing bias  
contact failure  
Are the developing bias  
contacts between the printer  
body and drum unit dirty?  
Clean the electrodes  
at both sides.  
Drum unit  
2
Are the drum shaft and drum  
electrode of the printer body  
Yes  
No  
Clean the shaft and  
the electrode.  
connected correctly?  
Check the connection  
between the shaft and  
the electrode.  
Drum unit failure  
3
4
Is the problem solved after the  
drum unit is replaced?  
Yes  
No  
Replace the drum  
unit.  
Scanner harness  
connection failure  
Is the scanner harness  
connected securely?  
Reconnect the  
connector properly.  
Is there any play in the  
connection?  
Main / Panel  
sensor PCB  
connection failure  
5
6
Are printing signals being input  
to the scanner?  
Yes  
Replace the main  
PCB or the panel  
sensor PCB.  
Is the problem solved after the  
main PCB or the panel sensor  
PCB replaced?  
Scanner unit  
failure  
Scanner interlock lever  
damaged.  
Yes  
No  
Replace the scanner  
unit.  
Scanner mirror is broken or  
loose.  
Replace the high-  
voltage power supply  
PCB.  
IV-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
I-4  
All black  
HV.GND  
contacts  
(Fig.4-5)  
Possible cause  
Corona failure  
Step  
Check  
Result  
Remedy  
1
2
Is the corona wire of the drum  
unit broken?  
Yes  
Yes  
Replace the drum  
unit.  
Are the electric terminal  
Clean the terminals  
in the printer and on  
the drum.  
springs in the printer body and  
the electrode on the bottom  
face of the drum unit dirty?  
Harness  
connection  
3
4
Is the scanner unit connected  
with the panel sensor PCB  
correctly?  
No  
Check the harness  
connection between  
the scanner unit and  
the panel sensor  
PCB.  
High-voltage  
power supply  
PCB  
Is the problem solved after  
high-voltage power supply  
PCB replaced?  
Yes  
Replace the high-  
voltage power supply  
PCB.  
Ditto  
5
6
7
Perform the same check as in  
step 3.  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Replace the panel  
sensor PCB.  
Main PCB  
Is the problem solved after  
main PCB is replaced?  
Replace the main  
PCB.  
Panel sensor  
PCB  
Is the problem solved after the  
panel sensor PCB is replaced?  
Replace the panel  
sensor PCB.  
IV-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
I-5  
Dirt on the back of paper  
Possible cause  
Fixing unit  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
Yes  
Remedy  
Is the pressure roller dirty?  
Clean the pressure roller.  
(See the following note.)  
Is any other area in the printer  
dirty?  
Dirt in the drum  
unit  
2
Is the transfer roller dirty?  
Yes  
No  
Replace the drum unit  
Is the problem solved after the  
drum unit is replaced?  
Replace the high-voltage  
power supply PCB.  
Note: Clean the pressure roller as follows;  
(1) Set three or more sheets of paper in the MP sheet feeder.  
(2) Open the top cover.  
(3) Turn on the power switch while holding down the switch on the control panel.  
(4) Release the panel switch when the Drum lamp is on.  
(5) Close the top cover.  
(6) Hold down the panel switch until the Ready lamp is on, then release the  
switch.  
(7) Print three patterns; grid, zip and solid black.  
(8) Turn off the power switch with the top cover closed.  
(9) Set paper in the manual slot with the solid black side up.  
(10) Turn on the power switch while holding down the switch on the control panel.  
(11) Release the panel switch when the Drum lamp is on.  
(12) Press the panel switch again and release it immediately.  
(13) Print a page of test pattern while cleaning the pressure roller.  
IV-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
I-6  
Black and blurred vertical streaks  
HV.GND  
contacts  
(Fig.4-5)  
Possible cause  
Corona failure  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
Yes  
Remedy  
Is the corona wire dirty?  
Clean the corona  
wire with the wire  
cleaner.  
Corona failure  
2
3
Is the vertical block streak  
about 10mm wide?  
Is the corona wire cleaner not  
in its home position?  
Is the paper tray or feed  
system on the drum unit soiled  
with toner?  
Yes  
Yes  
Return the wire  
cleaner to its home  
position.  
Dirt in the paper  
feed system  
Clean the toner off.  
Scratch on the  
drum  
Cleaning failure  
4
5
6
Is the drum surface scratched?  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Replace the drum  
unit.  
Replace the drum  
unit.  
Replace the fixing  
unit.  
Is the drum surface dirty with  
toner in streaks?  
Is the surface of the heat roller  
scratched?  
Scratch on the  
heat roller  
Note:  
If you print the same pattern continuously, the drum will be worn and black vertical  
streaks will appear on the paper.  
I-7  
Black and blurred horizontal stripes  
Possible cause  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
Yes  
Remedy  
Scratch on the  
drum  
Toner stuck on  
the developer  
roller  
Are the horizontal stripes at  
94mm (OPC drum) intervals?  
Are the horizontal stripes at  
25mm (developer roller)  
intervals?  
Replace the drum unit.  
2
Yes  
Print several sheet and see  
what happens.  
The problem will disappear  
after a while. If not, replace the  
drum unit.  
Scratch on the  
fixing roller  
3
4
Are the horizontal streaks at  
63mm (heat roller) intervals?  
Yes  
Yes  
Replace the fixing unit.  
High-voltage  
power supply  
PCB  
Is the problem solved after the  
high-voltage power supply  
PCB is replaced?  
Replace the high-voltage  
power supply PCB.  
IV-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
I-8  
Black vertical streaks (in a gray background)  
Possible cause  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
Yes  
Remedy  
Translucent  
stain on the  
scanner window  
Are there any stains on the  
scanner window?  
Clean the scanner window.  
If it is not effective, replace the  
scanner unit.  
I-9  
White vertical streaks  
Possible cause  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
Yes  
Remedy  
Scanner window  
dirty  
Is the scanner window dirty?  
Clean the scanner window with  
a dry tissue.  
Transfer failure  
2
Is the transfer roller scratched?  
Yes  
Replace the drum unit.  
I-10  
Faulty registration  
Possible cause  
Step  
Check  
Result  
Yes  
Remedy  
Excessive paper  
load  
1
2
3
4
Is the paper loaded in the  
paper feeder more than 22mm  
deep?  
Instruct the user to keep paper  
loads below 22mm in depth.  
Print paper  
Ditto  
Is the specified weight of the  
recommended paper being  
used?  
No  
Yes  
No  
Instruct the user to use the  
recommended types of paper.  
Is the first printing position  
within ±1mm of the tolerance  
specification?  
Adjust the Y offset by using the  
utility software supplied.  
Paper resist  
sensor position  
incorrect  
Is the position of the paper  
resist sensor normal?  
Reposition the sensor to the  
correct position.  
IV-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
I-11  
Poor fixing  
Possible cause  
Printing paper  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
Yes  
Remedy  
Is thick paper more than 42lb  
weight in use?  
Instruct the user to use paper  
of the recommended weight  
and thickness.  
Toner sensing  
failure  
2
Is the problem solved by  
replacing the drum unit or the  
toner cartridge?  
Yes  
Toner is empty.  
The toner sensing is defective,  
clean the toner sensor.  
(When printing is faint.)  
If the wiper in the toner  
cartridge is broken, replace the  
toner cartridge with a new one.  
Thermistor  
failure  
3
4
Is the thermistor fitted  
correctly?  
No  
Fit the thermistor correctly.  
Low-voltage  
power supply  
PCB failure  
Is the problem solved by  
replacing the low-voltage  
power supply PCB?  
Yes  
Replace the low-voltage power  
supply PCB.  
I-12  
Image distortion  
Possible cause  
Scanner  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
Yes  
Remedy  
Is the scanner unit secured to  
the frame incorrectly?  
Secure the unit correctly and  
tighten the screws.  
Is there any play?  
Scanner LD  
emission failure  
2
3
Is the laser diode or the laser  
scanner motor defective?  
Yes  
Yes  
Replace the scanner unit.  
Scanner motor  
rotation failure  
Scanner  
connection  
failure  
Is the scanner harness  
connected properly?  
Connect the harness correctly.  
Is it coming loose?  
IV-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
I-13  
Faint print  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t o u t t e s t P r i n t o u t t e s t p r i n t  
o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print  
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Print out test print  
Print out test print  
Print out test print  
Print out test print  
Print out test print  
Print out test print  
Print out test print  
Print out test print  
Print out test print  
Print out test print  
Print out test print  
Print out test print  
Print out test print  
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print  
o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print  
o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print  
o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print  
o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print  
o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print  
o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print  
o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print  
o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print  
o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print  
o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print  
o Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print  
Possible cause  
Printer not level  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
No  
Remedy  
Is the printer placed  
horizontally?  
Place the printer on a flat  
surface.  
Drum unit  
2
Does the problem happened  
immediately after replacing the  
drum unit with a new one?  
Yes  
Remove and carefully shake  
the drum unit horizontally.  
Scanner window  
dirty  
3
4
Is the window of the laser  
scanner dirty?  
Yes  
Yes  
Clean the scanner window with  
a dry tissue.  
Scanner unit  
failure  
Is the problem solved by  
replacing the scanner unit?  
Replace the scanner unit.  
I-14  
White spots  
Possible cause  
Toner cartridge  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
Yes  
Remedy  
Is the toner in the toner  
cartridge almost empty?  
Shake the drum unit  
horizontally. Replace the toner  
cartridge with a new one.  
No  
Replace the drum unit.  
Print paper  
2
3
Is the problem solved after  
change to specified freshly  
unpacked paper?  
Yes  
Recommend the user to  
change the paper.  
(Damp (wet) paper might be  
used.)  
Environment  
Check if the problem still  
appears after the printer has  
warmed up.  
Yes  
Replace the drum unit.  
Advise the user of the  
specified print environment.  
IV-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
I-15  
Black spots  
Possible cause  
Drum unit  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
Yes  
Remedy  
Are the spots at 94mm  
intervals?  
If toner remains stuck, wipe it  
off gently with a cotton swab.  
The problem is not solved after  
printing a few pages.  
Replace the drum unit if the  
OPC drum is scratched or  
deteriorated (exposed).  
(Refer to the following note.)  
Fixing unit  
2
3
Are the spots at 63mm  
intervals?  
Yes  
Yes  
Check and clean the heat roller  
with a cloth dampened with  
alcohol.  
The problem is not solved after  
printing a few pages.  
Replace the fixing unit.  
High-voltage  
power supply  
PCB  
Is the problem solved after the  
high-voltage power supply  
PCB is replaced?  
Replace the high-voltage  
power supply PCB.  
Note: Clean the drum unit as follows:  
(1) Place the printing samples in front of the process unit, and find the exact  
position of the image defect.  
Position of smudge on  
the drum  
94mm interval  
Fig. 4-2  
(2) Turn the drum gear by hand while looking at the surface of the OPC drum.  
Fig. 4-3  
IV-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(3) Wipe the surface of the photosensitive drum with a cotton swab until the dust  
or paper powder on the surface comes off.  
Paper path  
Separator  
Cleaning roller  
Toner cartridge  
Photo sensitive drum  
Fig. 4-4  
Caution:  
Do not wipe the surface of the photosensitive drum with something sharp. (ball-point  
pen etc.)  
Use the cleaning liquid which is a 50-50 mixture of ethyl alcohol and pure water.  
I-16  
Black band  
Possible cause  
Drum unit  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
No  
Remedy  
Is the wire cleaner positioned  
at its home position?  
Return the wire cleaner to its  
home position.  
Ditto  
2
Is the corona wire dirty?  
Yes  
Clean the corona wire.  
If the problem still appears  
after cleaning, replace the  
drum unit.  
IV-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
I-17  
Gray background  
Note:  
This problem may appear on the first 10 to 20 pages immediately  
after replacing the toner cartridge.  
Possible cause  
Print paper  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
No  
Remedy  
Does the paper being used  
meet the paper specification  
(weight, etc.).  
Recommend to change the  
paper to a specified type of the  
paper.  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
Recommend to change the  
paper to a fresh pack paper.  
Drum unit  
2
Is the problem solved after  
replacing the drum unit?  
Replace the drum unit.  
Replace the high-voltage  
power supply PCB.  
Note: The following cases increase the possibility of this problem.  
1) The drum unit is at the end of its life.  
2) There is dust or paper powder.  
3) A large amount of paper whose width is narrower than A4 is printed.  
4) Acid paper is being used.  
I-18  
Hollow print  
Possible cause  
Print paper  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
Yes  
Remedy  
Is thick paper of more than  
42lb being used or extremely  
rough surface paper?  
Recommend to use the  
specified type of paper.  
No  
Refer and compare with I-14.  
IV-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
I-19  
Downward fogging of solid black  
Possible cause  
Drum unit  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
Yes  
Remedy  
Is the problem solved after  
replacing the drum unit?  
Replace the drum unit.  
High-voltage  
power supply  
PCB  
2
Is the problem solved after  
replacing the high-voltage  
power supply PCB?  
Yes  
Replace the high-voltage  
power supply PCB.  
I-20  
Horizontal lines  
HV.GND  
Possible cause  
SR electrode  
Step  
Check  
Result  
Yes  
Remedy  
contacts  
(Fig.4-  
5,4-7)  
1
2
Are the SR electrodes  
between the printer body and  
the drum unit dirty?  
Clean both electrodes.  
SR connection  
failure  
Are the SR electrodes  
between the printer body and  
the drum unit connected  
correctly?  
No  
Check the SR  
connection.  
Feed roller  
3
Are the feed roller shaft and  
the ground contact  
connected correctly?  
No  
Check the connection  
between the shaft and  
the ground contact.  
IV-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
I-21  
Light rain  
Remedy  
Possible cause  
Drum unit failure  
Step  
Check  
Result  
Yes  
1
Is the problem solved after  
replacing the drum unit with  
one that does not contain a  
starter sheet**?  
Replace the drum unit.  
High-voltage  
power supply  
PCB failure  
2
Is the problem solved after  
replacing the high-voltage  
power supply PCB?  
Yes  
Replace the high-voltage  
power supply PCB.  
**Note:  
Make sure to use a used drum unit which has already ejected the starter sheet. It is not  
possible to find the drum unit failure if you use a new drum unit with a starter sheet in it.  
I-22  
Ghost  
Remedy  
Possible cause  
Driver setting  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
Yes  
Is thin paper such as 64g/m2  
used under the thick paper  
mode?  
Change the current mode to  
the normal mode from the  
driver setting.  
Print 5 or 6 blank pages if this  
problem occurs.  
IV-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3.3  
Location of High-voltage Contacts and Grounding Contacts  
Grounding contacts  
High-voltage contacts  
For transfer  
roller  
Drum unit  
For cleaning  
roller  
For development  
roller  
Wire cleaner  
pp  
Fig. 4-5  
For supply roller  
For development  
roller  
For corona wire  
For grid  
For cleaning roller  
For transfer roller  
For corona wire  
For supply roller  
For transfer  
roller  
For development  
roller  
For cleaning  
roller  
For grid  
Fig. 4-6  
IV-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3.4  
Location of Feed Roller Shaft and Grounding Contacts  
Feed shaft roller  
For feed roller  
Fig. 4-7  
IV-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4.  
PAPER JAM  
Problem  
Type of jam  
Paper stuck  
Cause  
Temp measure  
Jam at power on  
Paper feed sensor or  
paper eject sensor is  
turned on.  
Remove the paper inside  
the printer. If there is no  
paper, check the  
suspect sensors  
referring to note and  
clear the problem.  
Top of paper stopped  
at 20mm from the  
fixing unit.  
No paper  
Paper feed sensor is  
not turned on.  
Check paper feed  
sensor motion referring  
to note and clear the  
problem.  
Paper feed roller  
rotated twice.  
Top of paper stopped  
at 250mm from the  
fixing unit.  
Jam caused by paper  
length detected as  
longer than 400mm (16 and is not turned off.  
inches).  
Paper feed sensor is  
not returning properly, sensor motion referring  
Check paper feed  
to note and clear the  
problem.  
Next paper is not fed.  
Top paper stopped  
between the paper  
feed roller and the  
pick-up roller.  
Jam caused by paper  
length detected as  
shorter than 80mm.  
Paper feed sensor  
was turned off early.  
Malfunction of  
actuator or hardware  
noise.  
Check sensors referring  
to note and clear the  
cause of the problem.  
Paper was fed approx. Jam caused by a paper Due to paper dust or  
Remove the paper dust  
attached to the pick-up  
20mm from the pick-  
up roller.  
feed delay.  
rubber of the pick-up  
roller wear, paper was roller. If the rubber is  
not fed in at the  
proper timing.  
worn out, replace it with  
new one.  
Top of paper stopped  
at 17mm from the  
contact point of the  
heat roller and  
Jam caused by the  
paper sensed as not  
being ejected from the  
paper eject sensor.  
Paper eject sensor  
does not work  
properly and is not  
turned off.  
Check the sensor motion  
referring to note and  
clear the problem.  
pressure roller.  
(single printing)  
Jam occurred after  
ejecting paper.  
Same as above.  
Same as above.  
(continuous printing)  
Same as above.  
Top of paper stopped  
at 20mm from the  
fixing unit.  
1. Cover open  
2. Bug  
1. Cover is not closed 1. Check if the drum unit  
properly.  
is installed correctly.  
2. Bug  
2. Please inform BIL.  
Note: How to check the sensors  
(1) Open the cover.  
(2) Power on the printer while pressing the panel switch.  
(3) Release the panel switch.  
(4) Press and release the panel switch.  
Results:  
*Alarm Lamp is ON = Paper feed sensor is turned ON  
*Drum Lamp is ON = Paper eject sensor is turned ON  
IV-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5.  
TROUBLESHOOTING MALFUNCTIONS  
When carrying out countermeasures for malfunctions as described in this section, check  
connectors for contact failure before measuring the voltage at the specified connector  
pins.  
M-1  
No AC power supplied  
Possible cause  
Supply voltage  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
No  
Remedy  
Is the correct voltage present  
at the outlet?  
Inform the user that the correct  
voltage is not supplied at the  
outlet.  
Power plug  
2
3
Is the power cord securely  
plugged into the outlet?  
No  
Plug the power cord securely  
into the outlet.  
Fuse (F1, F2)  
Is the fuse blown?  
Yes  
If the fuse blows again  
immediately after replacing the  
low-voltage power supply PCB,  
check that there is not a short  
circuit somewhere in the AC  
power supply line.  
Wiring  
4
Unplug the power supply plug.  
Yes  
Replace the AC power cord.  
Is there a broken wire between  
the AC input connector of the  
low-voltage power supply and  
the power plug?  
M-2  
No DC power supplied  
Possible cause  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
No  
Remedy  
AC power  
supply  
Is AC power supplied between  
connectors CN1-L and CN1-N  
when the power plug is  
Follow the same check  
procedure of M-1 “No AC  
power supplied”.  
plugged into the outlet?  
Wiring, DC load  
2
Turn the power switch OFF  
and disconnect the P13  
connector (panel sensor PCB).  
Yes  
Turn the power switch OFF,  
reconnect the connector and  
turn the power switch ON  
again.  
Turn the power switch ON  
again. Measure the voltages  
between the terminals.  
If the protector circuit is  
activated, check the connector,  
the wiring from the connector,  
and the DC load.  
Do the measured voltage  
satisfy the prescribed value in  
the table below?  
Low-voltage  
power supply  
PCB  
No  
Replace the low-voltage power  
supply PCB.  
PCB + lead pin - lead pin  
Voltage  
Panel  
P8-1  
P8-4  
Approx. 24V  
Sensor  
P8-2  
P8-3  
Approx. 5V  
Caution:  
If you analyze malfunctions with the power plug inserted into the power outlet, special  
caution should be exercised even if the power switch is OFF because it is a single pole  
switch.  
IV-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
M-3  
Main motor unrotated  
Possible cause  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
No  
Remedy  
Failure of  
connector  
Is the connection of connector  
P9 on the panel sensor PCB  
correct?  
Reconnect the connector.  
Main motor (M1)  
2
Disconnect connector P9 from  
the panel sensor PCB.  
Measure the resistance  
between the connector pins of  
the main motor by using a  
circuit tester.  
No  
Replace the main motor.  
Do the measured resistances  
satisfy the prescribed values in  
the table below?  
P9-5 and P9-6  
P9-7 and P9-8  
Approx.4.5  
Approx.4.5  
Main PCB  
3
4
Is the problem solved by  
replacing the main PCB?  
Yes  
No  
Replace the main PCB.  
Replace the sub motor.  
Sub motor  
unrotated  
Disconnect connector P9 from  
the panel sensor PCB.  
Measure the resistance  
between the connector pins of  
the main motor by using a  
circuit tester.  
Do the measured resistances  
satisfy the prescribed values in  
the table below?  
P9-1 and P9-2  
P9-3 and P9-4  
Approx.9.1  
Approx.9.1  
M-4  
No paper supplied  
Possible cause  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
No  
Remedy  
Connection  
failure  
Is the contact of connector P3  
on the panel sensor PCB  
good?  
Reconnect the connector.  
Panel sensor  
PCB circuit  
2
Set paper in the manual paper  
slot and make a test print by  
pressing the switch on the  
control panel.  
No  
Replace the panel sensor  
PCB.  
Paper pick-up  
clutch solenoid  
Does the voltage between pins  
2 (SOLENOID) and 1 (24V) of  
the P3 connector on the panel  
sensor PCB change from  
approx. 24V DC to 0V within  
the specified time?  
Yes  
Replace the paper pick-up  
solenoid.  
MP tray unit  
failure  
3
4
Is the surface of the separation  
pad or the pick up roller  
stained or worn out?  
Yes  
Yes  
Clean the surface or replace.  
Replace the main PCB.  
Main PCB  
Is the problem solved by  
replacing the main PCB?  
IV-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
M-5  
Insufficient output from high-voltage power supply unit  
Possible cause  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
Yes  
Remedy  
High-voltage  
contact  
Do any of the terminals on the  
high-voltage contacts have dirt  
or contact burns?  
Clean the high-voltage contact.  
High-voltage  
power supply  
PCB  
2
Check the connections of the  
harness between the high-  
voltage power supply and the  
panel sensor PCB are secured  
correctly.  
Yes  
No  
Replace the high-voltage  
power supply PCB.  
Reconnect the harness  
between the high-voltage  
power supply and the panel  
sensor PCB.  
M-6  
Fixing heater temperature failure  
Possible cause  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
No  
Remedy  
Poor thermistor  
harness contact  
Are the connectors on the  
erase lamp PCB and the high-  
voltage power supply PCB  
secured correctly?  
Connect the connectors  
securely.  
Blown thermal  
fuse  
2
3
4
Remove the fixing unit and  
measure the resistance  
between the input connectors.  
Yes  
Replace the fixing unit.  
Is it open circuit?  
Thermistor  
failure  
Is the thermistor installed  
properly?  
Yes  
No  
Replace the fixing unit.  
Reinstall the thermistor  
properly.  
Halogen heater  
lamp failure  
Remove the fixing unit and  
measure the resistance of the  
fixing unit lamp. Is it open  
circuit?  
Yes  
Replace the halogen heater  
lamp.  
M-7  
BD failure  
Possible cause  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
No  
Remedy  
Harness  
connection  
failure  
Is connector P2 on the panel  
sensor PCB secured correctly?  
Connect it securely.  
IV-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
M-8  
Scanner failure  
Step  
Possible cause  
Check  
Result  
No  
Remedy  
Harness  
connection  
failure  
1
Is the connection of the  
scanner motor connector P5  
on the panel sensor PCB  
secured?  
Reconnect the connectors  
securely.  
Power supply  
input  
2
Is the voltage between pins 1  
(+24VDC) and 2 (GND) of  
connector P5 on the panel  
sensor PCB 24VDC?  
No  
Check if +24VDC is supplied  
between pins 1 (+24VDC) and  
4 (+24VRET) of connector P8  
on the panel sensor PCB. If  
not, check the power supply  
output on the low-voltage  
power supply PCB.  
Yes  
Replace the scanner unit.  
IV-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F-1  
Double feeding  
Possible cause  
Paper  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
No  
Remedy  
Is paper of a recommended  
type being used?  
Instruct the user to use  
recommended types of paper.  
Separation pad  
2
Is the surface of the separation  
pad worn out?  
Yes  
Replace the MP sheet feeder.  
F-2  
Wrinkles  
Possible cause  
Paper  
Step  
1
Check  
Result  
No  
Remedy  
Is paper of a recommended  
type being used?  
Instruct the user to use the  
recommended types of paper.  
2
Is the wrinkle problem solved if  
new paper is used?  
Yes  
Instruct the user how to store  
paper so that it does not  
absorb moisture.  
Fixing unit  
entrance guide  
3
4
Is the entrance guide dirty?  
Is the pressure roller dirty?  
Yes  
Yes  
Clean the entrance guide.  
Fixing unit  
Clean the pressure roller  
No  
Replace the fixing unit.  
IV-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6.  
INSPECTION MODE  
6.1  
Incorporated Inspection Modes  
The printer incorporates various inspection modes such as the factory inspection mode  
and the test print mode. The inspection mode varies depending on the model of the  
printer.  
This printer supports a factory inspection mode, continuous grid pattern print mode, 3  
patterns print mode and NV-RAM value dump mode.  
The operation of the inspection mode is as follows.  
(1)  
(2)  
Turn off the power switch of the printer.  
With the top cover open, turn on the power switch while holding down the switch  
on the control panel.  
When you enter this inspection mode, the Drum lamp is ON. Holding down the  
panel switch will cause the lamps to turn ON in the order Drum  
Alarm  
Ready  
Data Drum. When you release the switch, a mode is selected.  
The mode selected is indicated by the lamp which is ON when you release the  
switch.  
The inspection modes are assigned to the respective lamps as shown below.  
Lamp  
Type of inspection  
Factory inspection mode  
Drum  
Alarm  
Ready  
Data  
Continuous grid pattern print mode  
3 patterns print mode (grid, zip, black)  
NV-RAM value dump mode  
Drum + Alarm *  
ROM code reprogramming mode (only  
when flash memory is fitted)  
Alarm + Ready *  
Ready + Data *  
RAM check  
4% density pattern print mode  
* Note: For the HL-1050 printer only.  
Details of the factory inspection mode are as follows.  
This mode is used to check if the sensors in the printer are functioning correctly. In the  
process of this inspection, the lamps and the switch on the control panel are also  
checked. On entering this mode, the lamps show the status of the respective sensors as  
follows;  
IV-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Drum  
Alarm  
Paper eject sensor  
Registration sensor  
Cover sensor  
Ready  
(Paper)  
Toner sensor  
Data  
(Toner)  
Switch  
Fig. 4.8  
Paper eject  
sensor  
ON (Paper is detected.)  
Drum lamp ON  
Drum lamp OFF  
Alarm lamp ON  
Alarm lamp OFF  
Ready lamp OFF  
Ready lamp ON  
Data lamp OFF  
Data lamp ON  
OFF (No paper is detected.)  
ON (Paper is detected.)  
Registration  
sensor  
OFF (No paper is detected.)  
ON (The top cover is closed.)  
OFF (The top cover is open.)  
ON (The toner cartridge is installed.)  
OFF (No toner cartridge is installed.)  
Cover  
sensor  
Toner  
sensor  
The procedure for the factory inspection mode is as follows.  
(1)  
(2)  
Turn the printer power switch OFF, open the top cover, and remove the drum unit.  
Turn the printer power switch ON while holding down the control panel switch. The  
Drum lamp comes ON.  
(3)  
(4)  
Lightly press the panel switch again.  
Check that the Drum (paper eject sensor) and Alarm (registration sensor)  
lamps go OFF after all the lamps have been ON.  
If the paper eject sensor is ON at this point, the Drum lamp stays ON (error).  
If the registration sensor is ON at this point, the Alarm lamp stays ON (error).  
Install the drum unit.  
(5)  
(6)  
(7)  
Check that the Data lamp goes OFF.  
Lightly touch the registration sensor actuator.  
Check that the Alarm lamp comes ON.  
Close the top cover.  
Check that the Ready lamp goes OFF.  
(8)  
(9)  
Press the control panel switch.  
If all the sensors are correct, the printer goes back to the Ready status. If  
any error is detected, the corresponding lamp stays ON.  
IV-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6.2  
Error Codes  
In the event of a printer failure, error codes will be indicated as shown below. All the  
lamps and the specific lamps are turned ON alternately. The specific combination of  
lamps that are ON indicates the type of the error.  
Type of error  
Fuser Malfunction  
Laser BD Malfunction  
Scanner Malfunction  
ROM Error  
Data  
Ready  
Alarm  
Drum  
D-RAM Error  
Service A *  
Service B *  
Service C  
Service D  
Service E0  
Service E1  
Service P  
NV-RAM Error  
CPU Runtime Error *  
* Refer to the further description of these errors as follows;  
Address Error  
Bus Error  
Service A:  
Service B:  
A CPU error other than the above two defects, such as an  
Illegal Instruction or Operation Overflow  
CPU Runtime Error:  
HOW THE LAMPS INDICATE AN ERROR  
FUSER MALFUNCTION  
Drum  
Alarm  
Ready  
(Paper)  
Data  
(Toner)  
Time delay  
: OFF  
: ON  
Fig. 4-9  
IV-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PR99019  
APPENDIX 1. SERIAL NO. DESCRIPTIONS  
The descriptions below show how to read labels on each printer and part.  
< ID for production month >  
A:  
B:  
C:  
D:  
January  
February  
March  
E:  
F:  
G:  
H:  
May  
June  
July  
J:  
September  
October  
November  
December  
K:  
L:  
M:  
April  
August  
(1)  
(2)  
Printer .........................on the main body  
X X X X X X L 7 S 1 1 1 1 0 1  
SERIAL NO.  
FACTORY NO.  
YEAR  
MONTH  
MODEL NO.  
Process unit ...............on the package of the process unit  
(Drum unit with toner cartridge)  
6 D 3 0 0 0 0 A N B  
YEAR  
TONER TYPE  
MONTH  
DATE  
LINE NO.  
SERIAL NO.  
(3)  
(4)  
Drum unit ....................on the drum unit  
6 E B 0 0 0 0 0 1  
YEAR  
SERIAL NO.  
MONTH  
ASSEMBLY  
Toner cartridge ............on the toner cartridge  
SERIAL NO.  
DATE  
MONTH  
(X: OCT., Y: NOV., Z: DEC.)  
YEAR  
6 3 3 1. 0 2 8  
E 0 5. N B. 0  
FILLING AMOUNT : 0=100g : 1=110g  
TONER TYPE: NB  
FILLING DATE  
FILLING MONTH  
(5)  
Scanner unit ................on the scanner unit  
2 8 0 0 1  
SERIAL NO.  
ID NO.  
1:HL-700 SERIES, 8: HL-820/1020/1040/1050, 9:HL-1060  
FACTORY ID NO.  
A-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix 2. Connection Diagram, HL-820/1020  
AC INPUT  
INLET  
P1 CDCC I/F  
LVPS  
POWER  
CN1  
SW  
MAIN PCB  
MAIN  
MOTOR  
P2 ENGINE I/F  
SOLENOID  
SUB  
MOTOR  
M
P1 ENGINE  
P3  
P9  
REGISTRATION  
SENSOR  
PH2  
P1  
CN1  
(60x60mm)  
FAN1  
PH1  
P8  
P4  
TONER  
SENSOR  
SCANNER  
MOTOR  
SCANNER UNIT  
(80x80mm)  
FAN2  
COVER SW  
P1  
ERASE LAMP  
PANEL SENSOR  
PCB  
SR.B  
T/R DRM.B  
VCLM GRID DEV  
HVPS  
SW1  
CN1  
PC141  
PAPER SENSOR  
HEATER  
THERMISTOR  
A - 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix 3. Connection Diagram, HL-1040  
AC INPUT  
SERIAL I/F  
RS-100M  
INLET  
P1 CDCC I/F  
LVPS  
POWER  
CN1  
SW  
MAIN PCB  
MAIN  
MOTOR  
P2 ENGINE I/F  
SOLENOID  
SUB  
MOTOR  
M
P1 ENGINE  
P3  
P9  
REGISTRATION  
SENSOR  
PH2  
P1  
CN1  
(60x60mm)  
FAN1  
PH1  
P8  
P4  
TONER  
SENSOR  
SCANNER  
MOTOR  
SCANNER UNIT  
(80x80mm)  
FAN2  
COVER SW  
P1  
ERASE LAMP  
PANEL SENSOR  
PCB  
SR.B  
T/R DRM.B  
VCLM GRID DEV  
HVPS  
SW1  
CN1  
PC141  
PAPER SENSOR  
HEATER  
THERMISTOR  
A - 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix 4. Connection Diagram, HL-1050  
AC INPUT  
SERIAL I/F  
RS-100M  
INLET  
P2  
USB I/F  
P1 CDCC I/F  
LVPS  
POWER  
CN1  
SW  
MAIN PCB  
MAIN  
MOTOR  
P2 ENGINE I/F  
SOLENOID  
SUB  
MOTOR  
M
P1 ENGINE  
P3  
P9  
REGISTRATION  
SENSOR  
PH2  
P1  
CN1  
(60x60mm)  
FAN1  
PH1  
P8  
P4  
TONER  
SENSOR  
SCANNER  
MOTOR  
SCANNER UNIT  
(80x80mm)  
FAN2  
COVER SW  
P1  
ERASE LAMP  
PANEL SENSOR  
PCB  
SR.B  
T/R DRM.B  
VCLM GRID DEV  
HVPS  
SW1  
CN1  
PC141  
PAPER SENSOR  
HEATER  
THERMISTOR  
A - 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix 13. Low-voltage Power Supply PCB Circuit Diagram, HL-820/1020/1040 (110 - 120V)  
C1  
FG  
NTC1  
Z1  
L1  
D11 D14  
D13 D12  
+
C5  
BEA1  
C8  
C22  
R23  
R5  
R2  
C13  
R13  
R8  
R11  
R20  
R21  
C10  
D4  
R9  
D6  
C11  
R17  
R101  
D110  
D104  
R102  
+
R103  
C101  
VR101  
R104  
R105  
C102  
+
C103  
+
R115  
R113  
R114  
R110  
Low-voltage  
PS Circuit (110 - 120V)  
NAME  
A - 13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix 14. Low-voltage Power Supply PCB Circuit Diagram, HL-820/1020/1040 (220 - 240V)  
C1  
Z1  
FG  
NTC1  
L1  
R1  
D11 D14  
+
C5  
D13 D12  
BEA1  
C8  
C22  
R23  
R5  
R2  
R3  
R8  
C13  
R20  
R21  
R13  
R9  
R11  
D4  
C10  
R17  
D6  
C11  
D104  
+
R101  
C101  
D110  
R102  
C102  
+
R103  
VR101 R104  
R105  
C103  
+
R115  
R113  
R114  
R110  
Low-voltage  
PS Circuit (220 - 240V)  
NAME  
A - 14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix 15. Low-voltage Power Supply PCB Circuit Diagram, HL-1050 (110 - 120V)  
C1  
FG  
Z1  
NTC1  
L1  
D11  
D13  
D14  
D12  
+
C5  
D2  
C17  
R4  
BEA1  
C8  
C22  
R23  
R5  
R2  
C13  
R13  
R8  
R11  
R20  
R21  
C10  
D4  
R9  
D6  
C11  
R17  
R101  
D110  
R102  
D104  
R103  
+
C101  
VR101  
R104  
R105  
C102  
+
C103  
+
R115  
R113  
R114  
R116  
R117  
R110  
Low-voltage  
PS Circuit (110 - 120V)  
NAME  
A - 15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix 16. Low-voltage Power Supply PCB Circuit Diagram, HL-1050 (220 - 240V)  
C1  
Z1  
FG  
NTC1  
L1  
R1  
D11 D14  
+
C5  
D13 D12  
BEA1  
C8  
C22  
R23  
R5  
R2  
R3  
R20  
R21  
R8  
C13  
R13  
R9  
R11  
D4  
C10  
C11  
R17  
D6  
D104  
R101  
+
D110  
C101  
R102  
R104  
C102  
+
R103  
VR101  
R105  
C103  
+
R115  
R113  
R114  
R110  
R116  
R117  
Low-voltage  
PS Circuit (220 - 240V)  
NAME  
A - 16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
P1  
+24V  
B1  
CHG  
11  
3
R81  
R1  
CN1  
CN1  
D81  
D82  
CHG  
R2  
R13  
Q1  
R15  
R17  
Q4  
R7  
Q3  
Q5  
0V  
10  
CN1  
R8  
R9  
C27  
DEV  
CN2  
DEVCH2  
2
R28  
CN1  
Q23  
Q24  
Q25  
DEVCH1  
1
4
R26  
CN1  
CN1  
Q26  
Q27  
DEV  
Q22  
R21  
GRID  
R62 R63 R66  
R72 R71  
C51  
VR51  
C52  
CN3  
R52 R53 R54 R55 R56  
R51  
R68 R67  
Q65  
R76 R77 R78  
DRM . B  
CN4  
VCLN  
CN5  
Q61  
D52 Z51  
D51  
Q62  
Q71  
Q63  
Q64  
VCLN  
5
CN1  
D61  
B81  
D85  
R90  
T / R  
D87 CN6  
R92  
Q81  
TRANSFF  
8
R87  
R81  
CN1  
D88  
R89  
R84  
D86  
R88  
IC81  
R114  
B101  
D104  
D101  
Q101  
TRANSFB  
7
CN1  
Q102  
R108  
D103  
D105  
B121  
D128  
D125  
R134  
SR . B  
D123  
R128  
CN7  
C121 R129  
Q121  
SR  
9
CN1  
D126  
IC121  
R132  
R126  
R133  
C127  
R127 VR121  
R141 R142 R143 R144 R145  
3
PSENS  
6
CN1  
1
4
2
PC141  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX 18.  
HOW TO KNOW DRUM UNIT LIFE & PAGE COUNTER  
If you want to know the drum unit life or the number of printed pages, you should  
print out the test print page (for HL-820/1020) or the print configuration page(s) (HL-  
1040/1050).  
Print Test Print or Print Configuration  
1) Turn on the power switch of the printer while pressing the control panel  
switch.  
2) Release the panel switch when the Drum lamp comes on.  
3) Press the panel switch and release it when the Alarm lamp comes on.  
4) Print the page(s) of Test Print or Print Configuration.  
Note:  
The design of Test Print and Print Configuration vary depending on the printer  
model. Refer to the figures below;  
The ** marks in the figures show the page counter. They are not printed in  
some countries.  
<HL-820/1020>  
<HL-1040>  
(**)  
(**)  
(**)  
<HL-1050>  
A-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PR98092  
How to Read the Drum Life  
The bar shown below is printed at the bottom of Test Print / Print  
Configuration.  
It initially indicates 100% and gradually decreases.  
It indicates 0% when the Drum lamp is on.  
It stays at 0% even if further printing is done.  
Drum Life  
0%  
100%  
00000030303030202  
How to Read the Page Counter  
The page counter is not shown directly for some countries. (Refer to the note  
in the previous page.)  
However, the values printed at the right below of the drum life bar, which are  
available in all countries, indicate the number of the printed pages in a unit of  
1 and in a unit of 1,000.  
Value in a unit of 1  
The hexadecimal value stored in NV-RAM is printed.  
Example:  
000000E0D0D0D0D0D  
Value in units of 1,000  
(Refer to the table below.)  
0 00 00 0E 0D 0D 0D 0D 0D  
60,000 x 0 + 600 x 0 + 14 + 13 + 13 + 13 + 13 + 13 = 79  
Value in units of 1,000  
Page counter indicated by units of 1,000 pages.  
0 - 99 pages  
0
1
2
3
4
5
600 - 699 pages  
700 - 799 pages  
800 - 899 pages  
900 - 999 pages  
1,000 - 1,999 pages  
2,000 - 2,999 pages  
6
7
8
9
A
B
100 - 199 pages  
200 - 299 pages  
300 - 399 pages  
400 - 499 pages  
500 - 599 pages  
A-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX 19.  
DIAMETER / CIRCUMFERENCE OF ROLLERS  
The diameter and circumference of each roller are listed below;  
No.  
1
Parts Name  
Paper Feed Roller  
Diameter (Circumference)  
11.97 mm (37.6 mm)  
16.90 mm (53.1 mm)  
29.97 mm (94.1 mm)  
19.86 mm (62.4 mm)  
16.50 mm (51.8 mm)  
2
Transfer Roller  
OPC Drum  
3
4
Heat Roller  
5
Pressure Roller  
A-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
R
LASER PRINTER  
PARTS REFERENCE LIST  
MODEL:HL-820/1020/1040/1050  
Apr., '98  
84U005BE0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NOTE FOR USING THIS PARTS REFERENCE LIST  
1. In the case of ordering parts, it needs mentioning the following items:  
(1) Code  
(2) Q'ty  
(3) Description  
(4) Symbol ( PCB No., Revision , and Parts location mounted on the PCB.)  
Note : No orders without Parts Code or Tool No. can be accepted.  
< Example >  
(2)  
(1)  
(3)  
(4)  
REF.NO.  
CODE  
Q’TY  
DESCRIPTION  
SYMBOL  
REMARK  
Revision No.: marked on the printed circuit board.  
B48K056 - 201A  
Design change indication  
Specification No .  
Pattern alteration No.  
Circuit board No.  
2. Design-changed parts :  
If the parts are changed, any one of the following symbols is indicated in the REMARKS  
column.  
#A : compatible between old and new  
#B : replaceable from old to new  
#D : incompatible  
#
: newly established  
3. The original of this list was made based on the information available in April, 1998.  
4. Parts are subject to change in design without prior notice.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CONTENTS  
GENERAL DRAWING ..................................................................................1  
MAIN PCB DRAWING (HL-820/1020/1040).................................................2  
MAIN PCB DRAWING (HL-1050).................................................................3  
AC CORD / PACKING MATERIAL DRAWING.............................................4  
1. DRIVE UNIT..........................................................................................5  
2. SCANNER UNIT ...................................................................................5  
3. MP SHEET FEEDER ............................................................................6  
4. FIXING UNIT.........................................................................................6  
5. COVERS...............................................................................................7  
6-1. MAIN PCB <HL-820/1020>...................................................................8  
6-2. MAIN PCB <HL-1040 OTHERS>..........................................................8  
6-3. MAIN PCB <HL-1040 ISRAEL> ............................................................8  
6-4. MAIN PCB <HL-1050 OTHERS>..........................................................9  
6-5. MAIN PCB <HL-1050 ISRAEL> ............................................................9  
7. PANEL SENSOR PCB........................................................................10  
8. POWER SUPPLY PCB.......................................................................10  
9. HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY....................................................11  
10. AC CORD............................................................................................11  
11. ACCESSORIES ..................................................................................12  
12. PACKING MATERIALS.......................................................................12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6-1. MAIN PCB <HL-820/1020>  
1-1  
1
MODEL HL-820/1020 84U-821-101/104  
6-2/3. MAIN PCB <HL-1040 OTHERS/ISRAEL>  
1-1  
1
MODEL HL-1040 84U-831-101/103, 84U-832-101  
- 2 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6-4/5. MAIN PCB <HL-1050 OTHERS/ISRAEL>  
1-1  
1
MODEL HL-1050 84U-861-101/103/104, 84U-862-106  
- 3 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
POWER CORDS & PACKING DRAWING  
10-  
1F  
1A  
1B  
1G  
1H  
1I  
1C  
1D  
1E  
1J  
12-3  
12-2  
12-4  
12-2  
12-1  
MODEL HL-820/1020/1040/1050 84U-821/831/832/861/862-230/930  
T/I NO. PR98176  
- 4 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1. DRIVE UNIT  
REF.NO.  
CODE  
Q'TY  
1 DRIVE UNIT ASSY (SP)  
3TAPTITE, CUP B M4X20  
DESCRIPTION  
REMARK  
1
2
3
4
5
6
UL8747001  
087412016  
085411215  
UL7964001  
UL7968001  
085320616  
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 MAIN MOTOR ASSY  
1 SUB MOTOR ASSY  
4 TAPTITE, BIND S M3X6  
MODEL HL-820/1020/1040/1050 84U-821/831/832/861/862-010  
2. SCANNER UNIT  
REF.NO.  
CODE  
Q'TY  
1 SCANNER UNIT Y (SP)  
3TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
DESCRIPTION  
SYMBOL  
(B48K226)  
REMARK  
1
2
3
3
4
4
5
UL8748001  
085411215  
UL8759001  
UL8810001  
087310815  
084311015  
UH3064001  
1 TONER SENSOR PCB ASSY  
1 TONER SENSOR PCB ASSY (LEGEND)  
1 TAPTITE, CUP B M3X8  
1 TAPTITE, SARA B M3X10 (LEGEND)  
1 S SEAL SPONGE 4  
B48K231  
B512028  
MODEL HL-820/1020/1040/1050 84U-821/831/832/861/862-020  
T/I NO. PR98176  
- 5 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. MP SHEET FEEDER  
REF.NO.  
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
REMARK  
1
1
UL8749001  
UL8832001  
1 MP SHEET FEEDER ASSY (SP)  
1 MP SHEET FEEDER ASSY (LEGEND) (SP)  
MODEL HL-820/1020/1040/1050 84U-821/831/832/861/862-040  
T/I NO. PR98176  
4. FIXING UNIT  
REF.NO.  
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
REMARK  
1-11  
1-11  
1-11  
1
1
2
3
4
5
5
6
7
7
8
9
10  
11  
UL8750001  
UL8751001  
UL8833001  
UH3306001  
UH3307001  
087411616  
085311216  
083311017  
UL8757001  
UL8834001  
UH3178000  
UL8758001  
UL8855001  
UL8754001  
UH3196001  
UH3323001  
UL6682001  
1 FIXING UNIT, 120V (SP)  
1 FIXING UNIT, 230V (SP)  
1 FIXING UNIT (LEGEND) (SP)  
1 HALOGEN LAMP Y, 120V (SP)  
1 HALOGEN LAMP Y, 230V (SP)  
2 TAPTITE, CUP B M4X16  
2 TAPTITE, BIND B M3X12  
2 TAPTITE, PAN B M3X10  
1 HEAT ROLLER YS (SP)  
1 HEAT ROLLER (LEGEND) (SP)  
2 H/R BEARING Y  
1 H/R CLEANER  
1 H/R CLEANER (LEGEND)  
1 H/R WASHER  
1 THERMISTOR Y ASSY  
4 EJECT PINCH ROLLER ASSY  
4 PINCH SPRING  
MODEL HL-820/1020/1040/1050 84U-821/831/861-050/051 84U-832/862-052  
T/I NO. PR98116 / PR98176 / PR98271 / PR98292  
- 6 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. COVERS  
REF.NO.  
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
SYMBOL  
B48K304  
REMARK  
1
UL7983001  
085411215  
085411215  
085411215  
002400616  
087320616  
0A5350605  
UL8659001  
UL8753001  
UL8509001  
085411215  
UL8505001  
UL8601001  
UL8506001  
UL8507001  
085411215  
087320616  
UL8508001  
UL8512001  
085411215  
UL8510001  
UL8604001  
UL8518001  
UL8745001  
UL8515001  
UL8516001  
UL8746001  
085411215  
UL6740001  
UL7931001  
UL6741001  
UL8575001  
UL8639001  
UL8519001  
UL8641001  
UL8686001  
UL8611001  
UL8645001  
UL8820001  
UL8640001  
UL8650001  
UL8522001  
UL8547001  
UL8642001  
UL8651001  
UL8612001  
UL8596001  
UL8646001  
UL8652001  
UH3297001  
UH0905001  
UG3005000  
UG3005000  
UK3617000  
1 MAIN COVER ASSY  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
3SCREW PAN M4X6  
2 TAPTITE, CUP S M3X6  
1 SCREW PAN(WASHER), M3.5X6  
1 EL PCB UNIT  
1 MAIN FAN MOTOR  
1 SUB FAN MOTOR  
10  
11  
12  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
27  
28  
29  
29  
29  
29  
29  
29  
29  
29  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
2 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 BASE PLATE 820/1020/1040  
1 BASE PLATE 1050  
1 MAIN PCB GUIDE RAIL (820/1020/1040)  
2 RUBBER FOOT  
8 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
5 TAPTITE, CUP S M3X6  
1 INSULATION SHEET  
1 INLET HOLDER  
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 I/F SHIELD ASSY 820/1020/1040  
1 I/F SHIELD ASSY 1050  
1 PANEL COVER, GRAY1227  
1 TOP COVER ASSY  
1 OUTPUT TRAY  
1 EXTENSION SUPPORT WIRE  
1 REAR COVER ASSY  
2 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 LASER CAUTION LABEL  
1 LASER CAUTION LABEL (LEGEND)  
1 TONER WARNING LABEL  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-820  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1020  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1040  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1040DX  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1040 (LEGEND)  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1050  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1050DX  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1050 (LEGEND)  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1020 CAN  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-820 EUR  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1040 US  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1040 CAN  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1040DX CAN  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1040 EUR  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1050 US  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1050 CAN  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1050DX CAN  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1050 EUR  
1 C-TICK MARK LABEL  
1 US PATENT SEAL HL-10  
4 FERRITE CORE  
7 FERRITE CORE (HL1050)  
1 CORE, TFC-16813 (HL1050)  
MODEL HL-820/1020/1040/1050 84U-821/831/832/861/862-060  
T/I NO. PR98096 / PR98110 / PR98176  
- 7 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6-1. MAIN PCB <HL-820/1020>  
REF.NO.  
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
SYMBOL  
B48K312-350E  
B48K312-360E  
#3  
REMARK  
REMARK  
REMARK  
1-1  
1-1  
1
UK4202001  
UK4229001  
UK4245000  
1 MAIN PCB ASSY, HL-820 (SP)  
1 MAIN PCB ASSY, HL-1020 (SP)  
1 MROM HL1040  
MODEL HL-820/1020 84U-821-101/104  
T/I NO. PR98172 / PR98182  
6-2. MAIN PCB <HL-1040 OTHERS>  
REF.NO.  
1-1  
1-1  
1
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
SYMBOL  
B48K312-300F  
B48K312-303F  
#3  
UK4200001  
UK4165001  
UK4245000  
1 MAIN PCB ASSY, HL-1040 (SP)  
1 MAIN PCB ASSY, HL-1040 (LEGEND) (SP)  
1 MROM HL1040  
MODEL HL-1040 84U-831/832-101  
T/I NO. PR98172 / PR98176 / PR98182  
6-3. MAIN PCB <HL-1040 ISRAEL>  
REF.NO.  
1-1  
1
CODE  
UK4201001  
UK3995000  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
SYMBOL  
B48K312-301B  
#3  
1 MAIN PCB ASSY, HL-1040 HEB (SP)  
1 MROM HL1040H  
MODEL HL-1040 84U-831-103  
T/I NO. PR98172  
- 8 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6-4. MAIN PCB <HL-1050 OTHERS>  
REF.NO.  
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
SYMBOL  
B512001-200C  
B512030-140A  
B512030-143A  
#11  
REMARK  
1-1  
1-1  
1-1  
1
UK4203001  
UK4167001  
UK4174001  
UK4168000  
UK4169000  
1 MAIN PCB ASSY, HL-1050 100V (SP)  
1 MAIN PCB ASSY, HL-1050 200V (SP)  
1 MAIN PCB ASSY, HL-1050 LEGEND (SP)  
1 MROM1050-EVEN  
2
1 MROM1050-ODD  
#7  
MODEL HL-1050 84U-861-101/104 84U-862-106  
T/I NO. PR98109 / PR98176 / PR98177 / PR98183 / PR98186  
6-5. MAIN PCB <HL-1050 ISRAEL>  
REF.NO.  
1-1  
1
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
SYMBOL  
B512030-141C  
#11  
REMARK  
UK4204001  
UK3998000  
UK3999000  
1 MAIN PCB ASSY, HL-1050 (SP)  
1 MROM1050H-EVEN  
1 MROM1050H-ODD  
2
#7  
MODEL HL-1050 84U-861-103  
T/I NO. PR98109 / PR98177 / PR98183 / PR98186  
- 9 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7. PANEL SENSOR PCB  
REF.NO.  
1
CODE  
UK4205001  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
SYMBOL  
B48K303  
REMARK  
1 PANEL SENSOR PCB ASSY (SP)  
MODEL HL-820/1020/1040/1050 84U-821/831/832/861/862-151  
8. POWER SUPPLY PCB  
REF.NO.  
1
CODE  
UK4118001  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
SYMBOL  
REV. B  
REMARK  
1 LOW-VOLTAGE PS ASSY, 115V  
HL-820/1020/1040 (SP)  
1
1
1
UK4120001  
UK4119001  
UK4121001  
1 LOW-VOLTAGE PS ASSY, 115V  
HL-1050 (SP)  
1 LOW-VOLTAGE PS ASSY, 230V  
HL-820/1020/1040 (SP)  
1 LOW-VOLTAGE PS ASSY, 230V  
HL-1050 (SP)  
REV. D  
2
2
UK3836001  
UK3843001  
1 AC INLET ASSY, 115V  
1 AC INLET ASSY, 230V  
MODEL HL-820/1020/1040/1050 84U-821/831/861-200/201 84U-832/862-201  
T/I NO. PR98112 / PR98207 / PR98251  
- 10 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY  
REF.NO.  
1
CODE  
UK4122001  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
REMARK  
1 HIGH-VOLTAGE PS ASSY (SP)  
MODEL HL-820/1020/1040/1050 84U-821/831/832/861/862-220  
10. AC CORDS  
REF.NO.  
1A  
1B  
1C  
1D  
1E  
1F  
1G  
1H  
1I  
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
REMARK  
UH1051001  
UH1054001  
UH1052001  
UH1055001  
UH1053001  
UK4094001  
U34320001  
UK4099001  
U34322001  
UK3610001  
1 AC CORD ASSY, UL/CSA  
1 AC CORD ASSY, BS  
1 AC CORD ASSY, VDE  
1 AC CORD ASSY, SAA  
1 AC CORD ASSY, SEV  
1 AC CORD ASSY, DEMKO  
1 AC CORD ASSY, #4 (SAF)  
1 AC CORD ASSY, CHLI  
1 AC CORD ASSY, #6 (ISRAEL)  
1 AC CORD ASSY, CHN96  
1J  
MODEL HL-820/1020/1040/1050 84U-821/831/832/861/862-230  
T/I NO. PR98176  
- 11 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11. ACCESSORIES  
REF.NO.  
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
REMARK  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
4
5
5-1  
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
8
UK4090001  
UK4193001  
UK3875001  
UK4183001  
UK3895001  
UK4179001  
UK4233001  
UK4092001  
UK4195001  
UK3877001  
UK4185001  
UK3897001  
UK4181001  
UK4235001  
UK4197001  
UK4339001  
UK4199001  
UE2188001  
UL7158001  
UL8529001  
UL8550001  
UL8534001  
UL8557001  
UL8560001  
UL8565001  
UL8568001  
UL8571001  
UL8739001  
UE2014001  
UK4156001  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY1, 820 (WINDOWS)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY1, 1020 (WINDOWS)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY1, 1040 (WINDOWS)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY 1, 1040LEG(WINDOWS)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY1, 1050 (WINDOWS)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY 1, 1050HEB(WINDOWS)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY 1, 1050LEG(WINDOWS)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY2, 820 (TRUETYPE)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY2, 1020 (TRUETYPE)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY2, 1040 (TRUETYPE)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY2, 1040LEG(TRUETYPE)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY2, 1050 (TRUETYPE)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY2, 1050HEB(TRUETYPE)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY2, 1050LEG(TRUETYPE)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY6, 1050 ARABIC  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY 3, LEG  
1 CD-ROM ASSY  
1 PAPER SUPPORT ASSY  
1 TE TUBE  
1 SET GUIDE, US  
1 SET GUIDE, FRA  
1 SET GUIDE, GER  
1 SET GUIDE, NOR  
1 SET GUIDE, NL  
1 SET GUIDE, DEN  
1 SET GUIDE, ITA  
1 SET GUIDE, SWE  
1 SET GUIDE, SPA  
1 BAG, 215X350H  
1 CORE NF-13 ASSY (HL1050)  
MODEL HL-820/1020/1040/1050 84U-821/831/832/861/862-920  
T/I NO. PR98100 / PR98110 / PR98176 / PR98235 / PR98265  
- 12 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12. PACKING MATERIALS  
REF.NO.  
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
REMARK  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
UE2233001  
UE2236001  
UE2239001  
UE2240001  
UE2222001  
UE2237001  
UE2245001  
UE2241001  
UE2230001  
UE2238001  
UE2242001  
UE2248001  
UE2223001  
UE2226001  
UE2126001  
1 CARTON, EUR HL-820  
1 CARTON, CAN HL-1020  
1 CARTON, USA HL-1040  
1 CARTON, CAN HL-1040  
1 CARTON, EUR HL-1040  
1 CARTON, CAN HL-1040DX  
1 CARTON, LEGEND HL-1040  
1 CARTON, USA HL-1050  
1 CARTON, EUR HL-1050  
1 CARTON, CAN HL-1050DX  
1 CARTON, CAN HL-1050  
1 CARTON, LEGEND HL-1050  
1 STYROFOAM PAD ASSY  
1 CARTON, ACCESORRIES  
1 BAG, 700X800 (BODY)  
MODEL HL-820/1020/1040/1050 84U-821/831/832/861/862-930  
T/I NO. PR98087 / PR98110 / PR98176  
- 13 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
R
Lower Tray Unit for HL-2400C  
Color Laser Printer  
PARTS REFERENCE LIST  
MODEL: LT-24CL  
Feb., 1999  
54S003BE0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NOTE FOR USING THIS PARTS REFERENCE LIST  
1. In the case of ordering parts, it needs mentioning the following items:  
(1) Code  
(2) Q'ty  
(3) Description  
Note : No orders without Parts Code can be accepted.  
< Example >  
(2)  
(1)  
(3)  
REF.NO.  
CODE  
Q’TY  
DESCRIPTION  
REMARK  
2. Design-changed parts :  
If the parts are changed, any one of the following symbols is indicated in the REMARKS column.  
#A : compatible between old and new  
#B : replaceable from old to new  
#D : incompatible  
#
: newly established  
3. The original of this list was made based on the information available in Feb., 1999.  
4. Parts are subject to change in design without prior notice.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CONTENTS  
LOWER TRAY UNIT  
List....................................................................................................................................1  
Drawing............................................................................................................................2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LOWER TRAY UNIT  
REF.NO.  
1
2
CODE  
UH1948001  
UH1947001  
Q'TY DESCRIPTION  
1 PAPER SENSOR  
REMARK  
1 PAPER SIZE SENSOR  
3UH1996001  
1 OHP  
SENSOR  
4
5
6
7
UH3494001  
1 PAPER FEEDING CLUTCH  
1 PAPER FEEDING ROLLER  
1 SEPARATOR PAD  
UH3485001  
UH3486001  
UH3493001  
1 PAPER CASSETTE  
MODEL LT-24CL 54S-X06  
-1-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
R
Lower Tray Unit for HL-2400C  
Color Laser Printer  
SERVICE MANUAL  
MODEL: LT-24CL  
Feb., 1999  
54S004BE0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
© Copyright Brother 1999  
All rights reserved.  
No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission in  
writing from the publisher.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Trademarks:  
The brother logo is a registered trademark of Brother Industries, Ltd.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PREFACE  
PREFACE  
This service manual contains basic information required for after-sales service of the optional lower  
tray unit for color laser printer (here-in-after referred to as "the unit"). This information is vital to the  
service technician to maintain the high quality and performance of the printer and unit.  
This service manual covers the LT-24CL lower tray unit.  
Information in this manual is subject to change due to improvement or re-design of the product. All  
relevant information in such cases will be supplied in service information bulletins (Technical  
Information).  
A thorough understanding of this unit, based on information in this service manual and service  
information bulletins, is required for maintaining its quality performance and for improving the practical  
ability to find the cause of problems.  
i
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CONTENTS  
CONTENTS  
1. PRODUCT OUTLINE..........................................................................1  
1.1PARTS NAMES & FUNCTIONS.................................................................................1  
2. SPECIFICATIONS ..............................................................................2  
3. INSTALLATION..................................................................................3  
3.1 CONDITIONS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION............................................................3  
3.1.1 Environmental conditions.................................................................................................3  
3.1.2 Basic layout of printer set-up location..............................................................................3  
3.2 UNPACKING.........................................................................................................4  
3.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES.................................................................................5  
3.3.1 Install the lower tray unit to the printer.............................................................................5  
3.3.2 Connect the LT signal connector into the printer .............................................................8  
3.3.3 Install the covers..............................................................................................................9  
3.3.4 Relocate the printer / Test print........................................................................................9  
4. MAINTENANCE................................................................................10  
4.1 DAILY MAINTENANCE .........................................................................................10  
4.2 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE....................................................................................10  
5. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE......................................................... 11  
5.1 PAPER SENSOR / OHP SENSOR.........................................................................12  
5.2 PAPER SIZE SENSOR .........................................................................................12  
5.3 PAPER FEEDING CLUTCH ...................................................................................12  
5.4 PAPER FEEDING ROLLER / SEPARATION PAD.......................................................13  
6. CLEARING PAPER JAMS ............................................................... 14  
6.1 PAPER FEEDING JAM .........................................................................................14  
6.2 INNER JAM / OUTER JAM ....................................................................................14  
ii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
REGULATIONS  
REGULATIONS  
LASER SAFETY (FOR 110-120 V MODEL ONLY)  
The printer, HL-2400C is certified as a Class I laser product under the U.S. Department of  
Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according to the  
Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. This means that the printer does not  
produce hazardous laser radiation.  
Since radiation emitted inside the printer is completely confined within protective housings and  
external covers, the laser beam cannot escape from the machine during any phase of user  
operation.  
FDA REGULATIONS (FOR 110-120 V MODEL ONLY)  
U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has implemented regulations for laser products  
manufactured on and after August 2, 1976. Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in  
the United States. One of the following labels on the back of the printer indicates compliance  
with the FDA regulations and must be attached to laser products marketed in the United  
States.  
Caution  
Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified in this  
manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.  
iii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
REGULATIONS  
IEC 825 SPECIFICATION (FOR 220-240 V MODEL ONLY)  
The printer, HL-2400C is a Class 1 laser product as defined in IEC 825 specifications. The  
label shown below is attached in countries where required.  
CLASS 1LASER PRODUCT  
APPAREIL Å LASER DE CLASSE 1  
LASER KLASSE 1 PRODUKT  
This printer has a Class 3B Laser Diode which emits invisible laser radiation in the Scanner  
Unit. The Scanner Unit should not be opened under any circumstances.  
Caution  
Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified in this  
manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.  
The following caution label is attached near the scanner unit.  
5mW  
7 8 0 n m - 8 0 0 n m  
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN.  
AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM.  
DANGER-  
UNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG, WENN ABDECKUNG  
GEÖFFNET UND SICHERHEITSVERRIEGELUNG  
ÜBERBRÜCKT. NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETZEN.  
VORSICHT  
-
RAYON LASER INVISIBLE LORS DE L’OUVER TURE.  
EVITER L’EXPOSITION DIRECTE.  
DANGER-  
PELIGRO-  
RADIACION LASER INVISIBLE AL ABRIR. EVITAR  
LA EXPOSICION DIRECTA AL HAZ.  
MAS  
For Finland and Sweden  
LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE  
KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT  
Varoitus! Laitteen käyttäminen muulla kuin tässä käyttöohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa  
altistaa käyttäjän turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittävälle näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle.  
Varning – Om apparaten används på annat sätt än i denna Bruksanvisning specificerats, kan  
användaren utsättas för osynlig laserstrålning, som överskrider gränsen för laserklass 1.  
iv  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS  
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS  
SAFETY PRINCIPLE  
1) Before starting any operations, read this manual thoroughly. Especially read the safety  
instructions in this section carefully and ensure that you understand the contents.  
2) Perform all the operations by following the procedures described in this manual. Follow all  
the cautions and warnings set out in the procedures and on safety labels affixed to the  
machine. Failure to do so may result in human injury or equipment damage.  
3) Perform only the procedures explained in this manual. Refrain from opening or touching  
any portions that are not related to your required operation(s).  
4) Repair and replacement of parts should be performed by trained and qualified persons  
only. Operators should not attempt to do such repair or replacement work.  
5) It must be appreciated that the above-mentioned cautions and warnings do not cover  
everything because it is impossible to evaluate all the circumstances of repair situations.  
SPECIAL SAFETY INFORMATION  
Introductory Information  
Cautions and warnings are made clear by following the ‘Safety Alert Symbols’ or ‘Signal  
Words’ such as DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION.  
<SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL>  
This is the safety alert. When you find this symbol placed on the equipment or marked in this  
manual, be aware of the potential of human injuries. Follow the recommended precautions and  
safety operation practices.  
<Understanding Signal Words>  
DANGER is used to indicate the presence of a hazard which will cause severe human injuries  
or a fatal accident if the warning is ignored.  
WARNING is used to indicate the presence of a hazard or unsafe practices which may cause  
severe human injuries or a fatal accident if the warning is ignored.  
CAUTION is used to indicate the presence of a hazard or unsafe practices which may cause  
minor human injuries if the warning is ignored. CAUTION also calls your attention to safety  
messages in this manual.  
<Follow Safely Instructions>  
Carefully read all the safety messages set out in this manual and also in the safety warning  
signs placed on the equipment. In this manual, the safety instructions (safety alert symbols and  
signal words) are enclosed in a rectangular enclosure to bring them to your attention. Keep the  
safety signs on the equipment in good condition and ensure none are missing or damaged.  
Replace the safety signs if unreadable or damaged. Learn how to operate the equipment and  
how to use the controls properly. Do not let anyone operate this equipment without following  
the instructions. Keep the equipment in proper working condition. Unauthorized modification to  
the equipment may impair the function & safety and affect the life of the equipment.  
Listed below are the various kinds of “WARNING” messages contained in this manual.  
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS  
WARNING  
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE  
May cause serious injuries or fatal accidents. Voltage is now being supplied  
from the power supply of printer. There is a danger of electrical shock if you  
touch the active area inside the printer.  
Be sure to turn the power supply switch OFF and pull the plug out from the  
power outlet before starting maintenance work on the printer.  
WARNING  
HARMFUL OZONE GAS  
Inhalation of an excessive amount of ozone gas may adversely affect the  
respiratory organs.  
An Ozone Filter is fitted to this printer to reduce the exhausted ozone. This  
filter must be replaced with a new filter periodically in accordance with the  
manual supplied with the printer.  
WARNING  
HOT SURFACE  
The Fusing Unit reaches a temperature of approx.160°C and adjacent parts  
are also very hot.  
When you need to change the cleaning pad or remove jammed paper, wait  
about 20 minutes after opening the paper exit unit to allow the unit to cool  
down.  
CAUTION  
ROTATING PARTS  
Be aware of the potential danger of various rollers and take care not to get  
your fingers or hand caught into the machine, this can cause serious injuries.  
Note that the exit roller that ejects the printed paper is rotating while printing.  
Be careful not to get your hair, fingers, hands, sleeve or necktie caught in the  
machine while operating the machine.  
vi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS  
CAUTION  
HAZARDOUS POWDER  
Toner is a fine powder which can cause a powder explosion if disposed of into  
a fire. Under no circumstances dispose of toner into a fire.  
CAUTION  
HAZARDOUS POWDER  
Toner is a fine powder which may cause irritation to the eyes and respiratory  
organs if inhaled.  
Handle the toner cartridge, waste toner pack and developing unit carefully so  
as not to spill the toner.  
CAUTION  
POWER CORDS & PLUGS  
This printer is equipped with a 3-wire power cord fitted with a 3-pronged plug  
with an earth connection for the user’s safety.  
Use these power cords in conjunction with a properly grounded electrical  
outlet to avoid the possibility of an electrical shock.  
CAUTION  
SAFETY INTERLOCK  
The front cover, paper exit unit and transfer unit of this printer have electrical  
safety interlocks to turn the power off whenever they are opened. Do not  
attempt to circumvent these safety interlocks.  
vii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS  
<Label Location>  
1
3
2
1. Hot Caution Label  
WARNING  
Hot surface.  
Avoid contact.  
WARNUNG  
Heiße oberfiäche. Surface chaude.  
Bei beseitigung. Eviter tout contact.  
AVERTISSEMENT  
2. Laser Caution Label  
5mW  
7 8 0 n m - 8 0 0 n m  
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN.  
AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM.  
DANGER-  
VORSICHT  
UNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG, WENN ABDECKUNG  
GEÖFFNET UND SICHERHEITSVERRIEGELUNG  
ÜBERBRÜCKT. NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETZEN.  
-
RAYON LASER INVISIBLE LORS DE L’OUVER TURE.  
EVITER L’EXPOSITION DIRECTE.  
DANGER-  
PELIGRO-  
RADIACION LASER INVISIBLE AL ABRIR. EVITAR  
LA EXPOSICION DIRECTA AL HAZ.  
MAS  
3. Rating Label  
(For US)  
CLASS  
APPAREIL  
LASER KLASSE  
1
LASER PRODUCT  
LASER DE CLASSE  
PRODUKT  
Å
1
1
MODEL HL-C1  
SER. NO.  
U
5
2
4
9
2
L
7
H
1
1
1
1
0
1
MANUFACTURED;  
HTJ  
NOVEMBER 1997  
BROTHER INDUSTRIES, LTD.  
15-1, Naeshiro cho, Mizuho ku, Nagoya 467, Japan.  
-
-
This product complies with FDA radiation  
performance standards, 21 CFR Subchapter J.  
1 2 0 V  
~
5 0 / 6 0 H z 8 . 0 A  
BROTHER INDUSTRIES, LTD.  
MADE IN JAPAN  
FCC ID  
:
B3QHLC1  
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is  
BROTHER PRINTER HL SERIES COVERED  
BY ONE OR MORE FOLLOWING PATENTS:  
USP4, 968, 159 USP5, 050, 228 USP5, 068, 805  
USP5, 086, 481 USP5, 093, 904 USP5, 126, 788  
subject to the following two conditions (1) This device may  
:
not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must  
accept any interference received, including interference that  
may cause undesired operation.  
(For Europe)  
TOV  
ProductSafety  
CLASS  
APPAREIL  
LASER KLASSE  
1
LASER PRODUCT  
LASER DE CLASSE  
PRODUKT  
Å
1
1
MODEL HL-C1  
SER. NO.  
E
5
2
6
1
9
L
7
H
1
1
1
1
0
1
2 2 0 V - 2 4 0 V ~ 5 0 / 6 0 H z 4 . 0 A  
BROTHER INDUSTRIES, LTD.  
A C N 0 0 1 3 9 3 8 3 5  
MADE IN JAPAN  
viii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRODUCT OUTLINE  
1. PRODUCT OUTLINE  
1.1 Parts Names & Functions  
5. LT Signal Connector  
4. Guide Pins  
2. Paper Guide (LTU)  
3. Paper Feeding Clutch  
1. Media Cassette  
Fig. 1  
No.  
1
Parts Name  
Media Cassette  
Outline of Function  
To feed paper automatically  
To guide paper from the media cassette to the  
printer.  
2
3
4
Paper Guide (LTU)  
Paper Feeding Clutch  
Guide Pins  
To transport paper from the media cassette.  
Guide pin to correctly locate the printer onto the  
lower tray unit.  
Connection to the printer to control the lower tray  
unit.  
5
LT Signal Connector  
- 1 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SPECIFICATIONS  
2. SPECIFICATIONS  
No.  
Item  
Specification  
1
2
Applicable Printer  
Brother Color Laser Printer HL-2400C  
Normal paper: 250 sheets  
Transparency: 50 sheets  
Cassette Capacity  
Letter, Legal, A4, Executive, B5, Transparency,  
Label  
3
Feedable Paper Sizes  
500 x 484 x 116 mm  
(139 x 134.5 x 32.2 inch)  
4
5
Dimensions (W x D x H)  
Weight  
Approximately 8.0 kg (17.6 lb.)  
- 2 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INSTALLATION  
3. INSTALLATION  
3.1 Conditions Required for Installation  
Installation conditions for the lower tray unit are the same as for the printer. Any laser beam  
printer is likely to be influenced by the environment of the set-up location. If the printer is set-  
up in an inappropriate location, the printer may not perform as expected. Therefore, the  
following factors should be taken into consideration before deciding where to set-up the  
printer.  
3.1.1 Environmental conditions  
The printer should not be set up in the locations referred to in the following items 1) through  
4) which specify inappropriate locations for set-up.  
1) Where it is likely to receive direct sunlight or similar light. (For example, next to a window)  
2) Where it is likely to suffer a big difference in temperature and humidity between the  
maximum and minimum levels. (Normal operation environment is within 10°C 32.5°C,  
20 80%RH and without any condensation.)  
3) Where it is likely to be in a draft of cold air from an air-conditioner or warm air from a  
heater, or to receive direct radiant heat.  
4) Where it is likely to be excessively dusty or be subject to corrosive gases such as  
ammonia.  
5) Users should select a location with good ventilation and set the printer on a flat surface.  
6) Users should check that the maximum angle of the set-up location is horizontal to within  
±1°.  
3.1.2 Basic layout of printer set-up location  
Fig.2 shows the basic layout of the printer set-up location that is suitable for smooth  
operation and maintenance of the printer.  
10cm(4")  
40cm(16")  
70cm(28")  
10cm(4")  
Fig. 2  
The space in front of the printer (70cm) is necessary to open the front cover.  
The space at back of the printer (40cm) is necessary to open / close the rear access  
cover.  
The space on both sides of the printer (10cm) is necessary for general access.  
- 3 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INSTALLATION  
3.2 Unpacking  
Follow the unpacking steps below referring to Fig.3.  
1) Remove the binding tape from the top of the package.  
2) Take the side covers R/L out of the box.  
3) Remove the upper packing carton.  
4) Take the lower tray unit (with media cassette and set-up guides R/L already installed) out  
of the box.  
Side Cover R  
Side Cover L  
Upper packing  
Set-up Guide (L)  
Set-up Guide (R)  
Lower Tray Unit  
Base  
Media Cassette  
Fig. 3  
- 4 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INSTALLATION  
3.3 Installation Procedures  
3.3.1 Install the printer onto the lower tray unit  
1) Place the lower tray unit on a solid, flat surface where the printer is to be installed  
ensuring that the conditions in sections 3.1.1 and 3.1.2 are complied with.  
2) Check that the set-up guides R/L are fixed onto the lower tray unit.  
Set-up Guide (L)  
Set-up Guide (R)  
Fig. 4  
3) Pull out the LT signal connector which is located at the rear left side of the unit, and  
remove the LT connector cover from the lower tray unit.  
LT Signal Connector  
LT connector cover  
Fig. 5  
- 5 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INSTALLATION  
4) Check the three alignment guide pins on the lower tray unit.  
Guide pins  
Fig. 6  
5) Two people should be used to lift up the printer and place it onto the lower tray unit as  
shown in Figure 7.  
WARNING  
The printer weighs approximately 32kg, so it is too heavy for one person to carry. It needs  
two adults to move the printer. Since the printer is a precision machine, make sure that it is  
carried slowly with care so that no impact occurs to the printer while moving it.  
Fig. 7  
NOTE:  
Slowly lower the printer along the set-up guides provided at both sides of the unit so that  
the locating holes in the printer align correctly with the guide pins.  
After putting the printer onto the lower tray unit, ensure that the alignment pins are located  
correctly into the printer.  
- 6 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INSTALLATION  
6) Remove the set-up guides R/L from the unit.  
Set-up Guide (L)  
Set-up Guide (R)  
Fig. 8  
7) Insert the metal fixtures into both sides of the lower tray unit from above.  
8) Tighten the screws to secure the fixtures.  
Printer  
Screw  
Lower Tray Unit  
Metal Fixture  
Fig. 9  
NOTE:  
Check that the two metal fixtures and the two screws were supplied with the lower tray unit.  
- 7 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INSTALLATION  
3.3.2 Connect the LT signal connector into the printer  
1) Remove the LT connector cover (U) from the printer.  
2) Connect the LT signal connector into the connector of the printer.  
NOTE:  
Connect the LT signal connector into the printer connector correctly until it clicks as it locks  
into position.  
3) Install the LT connector cover onto the printer.  
4) Install the LT connector cover (U) onto the lower tray unit.  
LT connector cover (U)  
LT Signal Connector  
LT connector cover  
Fig. 10  
- 8 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INSTALLATION  
3.3.3 Install the covers  
1) Install the side covers R/L onto both sides of the lower tray unit.  
Cover (L)  
Cover (R)  
Fig. 11  
3.3.4 Relocating the printer / Test print  
1) If it is necessary to relocate the printer with the lower tray unit installed, hold it under the  
lower tray unit, it should only be moved by two adults and should be kept level at all times.  
Care should be taken to not subject the printer to any unnecessary shock during moving  
the printer.  
Fig. 12  
CAUTION  
The printer with the lower tray unit installed weighs approximately 40kg, so it is too heavy  
for one person to carry. It needs two adults to move the printer.  
If the printer and the lower tray unit are relocated separately, ensure that you disconnect  
the LT signal connector from the printer before lifting up the printer from the lower tray  
unit.  
2) After all the installation steps are finished, load paper only into the media cassette of the  
lower tray unit and implement the test print.  
- 9 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MAINTENANCE  
4. MAINTENANCE  
4.1 Daily Maintenance  
You need not daily maintenance for the lower tray unit such as cleaning.  
4.2 Periodic Maintenance  
You need not to replace any parts periodically. However, it is recommended for high  
performance of paper feeding that the following parts are replaced in accordance with the  
periodic replacement cycle of printer parts.  
Description  
Paper Feeding Roller  
Separation Pad  
Part No.  
Replacement Cycle  
Every 120K print  
Every 120K print  
UH3485001  
UH3486001  
- 10 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DIASEMBLY  
1-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DISASSEMBLY  
5.1 Paper Sensor (PEL) / OHP Sensor (OHPL)  
1) Remove the BT4x8 screw (1 pc.) to remove the back cover (LTU).  
2) Remove the screws (2 pcs.) to remove the paper guide (LTU).  
3) Remove the ST4x6 screws (2 pcs.) to remove the paper guide (L).  
4) Remove the ST4x6 screws (2 pcs.) to remove the paper guide (UL) assembly.  
5) Remove the paper sensor connector.  
6) Remove the paper sensor from the paper guide (UL).  
7) Remove the BT3x6 screws (2 pcs.) to remove the OHP sensor from the paper guide (UL).  
8) Remove the OHP sensor harness connector.  
5.2 Paper Size Sensor (PSU)  
1) Remove the BT4x8 (2 pcs.) screws to remove the base cover LTU (L).  
2) Remove the ST3x6 screws (2 pcs.) to remove the front cover (LTU).  
3) Remove the BT3x8 screw of the cassette guide (L) assembly.  
4) Pull the cassette guide (L) toward you while pushing the front catch to release the guide  
from the plastic catches.  
5) Remove the connector of the paper size sensor.  
6) Remove the cassette guide (L) assembly from the frame.  
7) Remove the BT3x8 screws (2 pcs.) to remove the paper size sensor from the cassette  
guide (L).  
5.3 Paper Feeding Clutch  
1) Remove the BT4x8 screws (2 pcs.) to remove the base cover LTU (R).  
2) Remove the BT4x8 screw (1 pc.) to remove the back cover (LTU).  
3) Remove the harness connector of the paper feeding clutch.  
4) Remove the ST3x6 screw (1 pc.) to remove the clutch cover.  
5) Remove the stopper ring from the paper feeding clutch shaft.  
6) Remove the paper feeding clutch from the shaft.  
Note:  
When removing the clutch cover, the spring installed onto the clutch cover comes off.  
- 12 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DISASSEMBLY  
5.4 Paper Feeding Roller / Separation Pad  
1) Remove the BT4x8 screw (1 pc.) to remove the back cover (LTU).  
2) Remove the screws (2 pcs.) to remove the paper guide (LTU).  
3) Remove the ST3x6 screws (2 pcs.) to remove the paper guide (L).  
4) Remove the ST3x6 screws (2 pcs.) to remove the paper guide (UL).  
5) Disconnect the harness from the paper guide (UL).  
6) Remove the paper feeding roller by pushing it to the right viewed from the rear of the unit.  
7) Pull up and remove the separation pad.  
CAUTION  
Do not touch the surface of the paper feeding roller and separation pad.  
- 13 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DISASSEMBLY  
6. CLEARING PAPER JAMS  
6.1 Paper Feeding Jam  
1) Pull out the media cassette (L).  
2) Remove the paper remaining inside the printer.  
3) Open the rear cover to check no paper remains.  
4) Close the rear cover.  
6.2 Inner Jam / Outer Jam  
Both inner jam and outer jam actually occur inside the printer.  
Refer to Section 3.2 & 3.3 in Chapter VIII of the HL-2400C service manual.  
- 14 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PR98235  
GENERAL DRAWING  
4-3  
4-2  
5-6  
5-26  
5-29  
5-35(200V only)  
5-34  
4-7  
5-5  
4-1-1  
5-26  
5-8  
4-3  
5-25  
5-10  
5-21  
4-4  
4-2  
4-1-1  
5-33  
4-1  
5-31  
4-6  
5-20  
(Legend model only)  
4-4  
4-5  
5-1  
5-33  
3-1  
2-4  
2-3  
4-6  
2-4  
2-3  
4-8  
2-2  
2-2  
5-33  
5-32  
5-22  
5-33  
5-9  
2-1  
2-2  
9-1  
5-27  
5-11  
5-28  
5-23  
5-24  
5-4  
2-5  
5-11  
7-1  
5-30  
5-17  
5-2  
8-2  
11-1  
5-3  
1-4  
1-6  
11-2  
11-3  
5-12  
5-7  
11-5  
11-5-1  
1-1  
5-13  
11-4  
8-1  
5-18  
5-19  
11-8  
5-34  
5-14  
1-2  
5-15  
5-34  
5-35 (100V only)  
5-16  
1-5  
5-16  
11-6  
11-7  
5-14  
1-6  
1-3  
5-15  
5-15  
1-2  
5-16  
MODEL HL-84U821/831/832/861/862  
T/I NO. PR98096 / PR98100 / PR98176 / PR98235  
- 1 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11. ACCESSORIES  
PR98235  
REF.NO.  
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
REMARK  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
5
5-1  
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
8
UK4090001  
UK4193001  
UK3875001  
UK4183001  
UK3895001  
UK4179001  
UK4233001  
UK4092001  
UK4195001  
UK3877001  
UK4185001  
UK3897001  
UK4181001  
UK4235001  
UK4197001  
UK4199001  
UE2188001  
UL7158001  
UL8529001  
UL8550001  
UL8534001  
UL8557001  
UL8560001  
UL8565001  
UL8568001  
UL8571001  
UL8739001  
UE2014001  
UK4156001  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY1, 820 (WINDOWS)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY1, 1020 (WINDOWS)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY1, 1040 (WINDOWS)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY 1, 1040LEG(WINDOWS)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY1, 1050 (WINDOWS)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY 1, 1050HEB(WINDOWS)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY 1, 1050LEG(WINDOWS)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY2, 820 (TRUETYPE)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY2, 1020 (TRUETYPE)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY2, 1040 (TRUETYPE)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY2, 1040LEG(TRUETYPE)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY2, 1050 (TRUETYPE)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY2, 1050HEB(TRUETYPE)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY2, 1050LEG(TRUETYPE)  
1 PR DRIVER DISK ASSY6, 1050 ARABIC  
1 CD-ROM ASSY  
1 PAPER SUPPORT ASSY  
1 TE TUBE  
1 SET GUIDE, US  
1 SET GUIDE, FRA  
1 SET GUIDE, GER  
1 SET GUIDE, NOR  
1 SET GUIDE, NL  
1 SET GUIDE, DEN  
CHNG  
ADD  
1 SET GUIDE, ITA  
1 SET GUIDE, SWE  
1 SET GUIDE, SPA  
1 BAG, 215X350H  
1 CORE NF-13 ASSY (HL1050)  
MODEL HL-820/1020/1040/1050 84U-821/831/832/861/862-920  
T/I NO. PR98100 / PR98110 / PR98176 / PR98235  
- 12 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. COVERS  
REF.NO.  
PR99041  
REMARK  
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
SYMBOL  
B48K304  
1
UL7983001  
085411215  
085411215  
085411215  
002400616  
087320616  
0A5350605  
UL8659001  
UL8753001  
UL8509001  
085411215  
UL8505001  
UL8601001  
UL8506001  
LJ4047001  
085411215  
087320616  
UL8508001  
UL8512001  
085411215  
UL8510001  
UL8604001  
UL8518001  
UL8745001  
UL8515001  
UL8516001  
UL8746001  
085411215  
UL6740001  
UL7931001  
UL6741001  
UL8575001  
UL8639001  
UL8519001  
UL8641001  
UL8686001  
UL8611001  
UL8645001  
UL8820001  
UL8640001  
UL8650001  
UL8522001  
UL8547001  
UL8642001  
UL8651001  
UL8612001  
UL8596001  
UL8646001  
UL8652001  
UH3297001  
UH0905001  
UG3005000  
UG3005000  
UK3617000  
1 MAIN COVER ASSY  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
3 SCREW PAN M4X6  
2 TAPTITE, CUP S M3X6  
1 SCREW PAN(WASHER), M3.5X6  
1 EL PCB UNIT  
1 MAIN FAN MOTOR  
1 SUB FAN MOTOR  
10  
11  
12  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
27  
28  
29  
29  
29  
29  
29  
29  
29  
29  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
2 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 BASE PLATE 820/1020/1040  
1 BASE PLATE 1050  
1 MAIN PCB GUIDE RAIL (820/1020/1040)  
2 RUBBER FOOT  
8 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
5 TAPTITE, CUP S M3X6  
1 INSULATION SHEET  
CHNG  
1 INLET HOLDER  
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 I/F SHIELD ASSY 820/1020/1040  
1 I/F SHIELD ASSY 1050  
1 PANEL COVER, GRAY1227  
1 TOP COVER ASSY  
1 OUTPUT TRAY  
1 EXTENSION SUPPORT WIRE  
1 REAR COVER ASSY  
2 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 LASER CAUTION LABEL  
1 LASER CAUTION LABEL (LEGEND)  
1 TONER WARNING LABEL  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-820  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1020  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1040  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1040DX  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1040 (LEGEND)  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1050  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1050DX  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1050 (LEGEND)  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1020 CAN  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-820 EUR  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1040 US  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1040 CAN  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1040DX CAN  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1040 EUR  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1050 US  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1050 CAN  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1050DX CAN  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1050 EUR  
1 C-TICK MARK LABEL  
1 US PATENT SEAL HL-10  
4 FERRITE CORE  
7 FERRITE CORE (HL1050)  
1 CORE, TFC-16813 (HL1050)  
MODEL HL-820/1020/1040/1050 84U-821/831/832/861/862-060  
T/I NO. PR98096 / PR98110 / PR98176 / PR99041  
- 7 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7. COVERS  
REF.NO.  
PR99041  
REMARK  
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
SYMBOL  
B48K304  
1
UL7983001  
085411215  
085411215  
085411215  
002400616  
087320616  
0A5350605  
UL8659001  
UL8753001  
UL8509001  
085411215  
UL8601001  
LJ4047001  
085411215  
087320616  
UL8508001  
UL8512001  
085411215  
UL8510001  
UH3828001  
UH3850001  
UH3852001  
UH3826001  
UH3825001  
UL8516001  
UH3801001  
UH3805001  
085411215  
UL6740001  
UL7931001  
UL6741001  
UH3838001  
UH3839001  
UH3840001  
UG3005000  
087320616  
UH3751001  
UH3752001  
085411215  
1 MAIN COVER ASSY  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
3 SCREW PAN M4X6  
2 TAPTITE, CUP S M3X6  
1 SCREW PAN(WASHER), M3.5X6  
1 EL PCB UNIT  
1 MAIN FAN MOTOR  
1 SUB FAN MOTOR  
2 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 BASE PLATE  
2 RUBBER FOOT  
8 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
5 TAPTITE, CUP S M3X6  
1 INSULATION SHEET  
1 INLET HOLDER  
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 I/F SHIELD ASSY  
1 SHIELD SHEET, P2000  
1 PANEL COVER, GRAY1227  
1 TOP COVER ASSY  
1 DOCUMENT EXTENSION SUPPORT WIRE  
1 OUTPUT TRAY  
1 EXTENSION SUPPORT WIRE  
1 SCANNER REAR COVER ASSY  
1 REAR COVER ASSY  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
29  
30  
31  
31  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
CHNG  
2 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 LASER CAUTION LABEL  
1 LASER CAUTION LABEL, LEG  
1 TONER WARNING LABEL  
1 MYLAR LABEL, MFC-P2000 (US)  
1 MYLAR LABEL, MFC-P2000 (CANADA)  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-P2000 (EUR)  
5 FERRITE CORE  
1 TAPTITE, CUP S M3X6  
2 MINI CLAMP  
1 NYLON CLAMP  
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
MODEL MFC-P2000/HL-P2000 84U-901/902-060  
T/I NO. PR98303 / PR99041  
- 7 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
HL1060PL  
5. FIXING UNITS  
PR99042  
REF.NO.  
CODE  
Q'TY DESCRIPTION  
REMARK  
CHNG  
1-9  
1-9  
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
UH3164001  
UH3165001  
UH3306001  
UH3307001  
087411616  
UL6667001  
UH3188001  
UH3178000  
UH3419001  
087311415  
UH3323001  
UL6682001  
1 FIXING UNIT Y, 120V (SP)  
1 FIXING UNIT Y, 230V (SP)  
1 HALOGEN LAMP Y, 120V (SP)  
1 HALOGEN LAMP Y, 230V (SP)  
2 TAPTITE, CUP B M4X16  
1 THERMISTOR ASSY  
1 CLEANER ASSY Y  
2 H/R BEARING Y  
1 HEAT ROLLER YS ASSY  
1 TAPTITE, CUP B 3X14  
4 EJECT PINCH ROLLER ASSY  
4 PINCH SPRING  
7
8
9
MODEL HL-1060 54U-S01-051  
T/I NO. PR98040 / PR98292 / PR99042  
7. MAIN PCB  
REF.NO.  
1
CODE  
UK3439001  
Q'TY DESCRIPTION  
SYMBOL  
B48K246-300J  
REMARK  
1 MAIN PCB ASSY, PCL5 2M(SP)  
MODEL HL-1060 54U-S01-101  
T/I No. 97-P028 / 97-P043 / PR97161  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. FIXING UNITS  
PR99042  
REF.NO.  
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
REMARK  
CHNG  
1-9  
1-9  
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
UH3164001  
UH3165001  
UH3306001  
UH3307001  
087411616  
UL6667001  
UH3188001  
UH3178000  
UH3419001  
087311415  
UH3323001  
UL6682001  
1 FIXING UNIT Y, 120V (SP)  
1 FIXING UNIT Y, 230V (SP)  
1 HALOGEN LAMP Y, 120V (SP)  
1 HALOGEN LAMP Y, 230V (SP)  
2 TAPTITE, CUP B M4X16  
1 THERMISTOR ASSY  
1 CLEANER ASSY Y  
2 H/R BEARING Y  
1 HEAT ROLLER YS ASSY (SP)  
1 TAPTITE, CUP B 3X14  
4 EJECT PINCH ROLLER ASSY  
4 PINCH SPRING  
7
8
9
MODEL HL-1070 54U-S03-050/051  
T/I NO. PR98292 / PR99042  
7. MAIN PCB  
REF.NO.  
1
2
CODE  
UK3950001  
UH3542001  
Q'TY  
1 MAIN PCB ASSY  
1 CONDUCTIVE TAPE  
DESCRIPTION  
SYMBOL  
B48K302-100C  
REMARK  
MODEL HL-1070 54U-S03-101  
T/I NO. PR98108  
- 5 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. MP SHEET FEEDER  
PR99042  
REF.NO.  
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
REMARK  
1
1
UL8749001  
UL8832001  
1 MP SHEET FEEDER ASSY (SP)  
1 MP SHEET FEEDER ASSY (LEGEND) (SP)  
MODEL HL-820/1020/1040/1050 84U-821/831/832/861/862-040  
T/I NO. PR98176  
4. FIXING UNIT  
REF.NO.  
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
REMARK  
1-11  
1-11  
1-11  
1
1
2
3
4
5
5
6
7
7
8
9
10  
11  
UL8750001  
UL8751001  
UL8833001  
UH3306001  
UH3307001  
087411616  
085311216  
083311017  
UL8757001  
UL8834001  
UH3178000  
UL8758001  
UL8855001  
UL8754001  
UL6667001  
UH3323001  
UL6682001  
1 FIXING UNIT, 120V (SP)  
1 FIXING UNIT, 230V (SP)  
1 FIXING UNIT (LEGEND) (SP)  
1 HALOGEN LAMP Y, 120V (SP)  
1 HALOGEN LAMP Y, 230V (SP)  
2 TAPTITE, CUP B M4X16  
2 TAPTITE, BIND B M3X12  
2 TAPTITE, PAN B M3X10  
1 HEAT ROLLER YS (SP)  
1 HEAT ROLLER (LEGEND) (SP)  
2 H/R BEARING Y  
1 H/R CLEANER  
1 H/R CLEANER (LEGEND)  
1 H/R WASHER  
1 THERMISTOR ASSY  
4 EJECT PINCH ROLLER ASSY  
4 PINCH SPRING  
CHNG  
MODEL HL-820/1020/1040/1050 84U-821/831/861-050/051 84U-832/862-052  
T/I NO. PR98116 / PR98176 / PR98271 / PR98292 / PR99042  
- 6 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. FIXING UNIT  
PR99042  
REF.NO.  
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
REMARK  
1-11  
1-11  
1-11  
1
1
2
3
4
5
5
6
7
7
8
9
10  
11  
UL8750001  
UL8751001  
UL8833001  
UH3306001  
UH3307001  
087411616  
085311216  
083311017  
UL8757001  
UL8834001  
UH3178000  
UL8758001  
UL8855001  
UL8754001  
UL6667001  
UH3323001  
UL6682001  
1 FIXING UNIT, 120V (SP)  
1 FIXING UNIT, 230V (SP)  
1 FIXING UNIT, LEG 230V (SP)  
1 HALOGEN LAMP Y, 120V (SP)  
1 HALOGEN LAMP Y, 230V (SP)  
2 TAPTITE, CUP B M4X16  
2 TAPTITE, BIND B M3X12  
2 TAPTITE, PAN B M3X10  
1 HEAT ROLLER YS (SP)  
1 HEAT ROLLER, LEG (SP)  
2 H/R BEARING Y  
1 H/R CLEANER  
1 H/R CLEANER, LEG  
1 H/R WASHER  
1 THERMISTOR ASSY  
4 EJECT PINCH ROLLER ASSY  
4 PINCH SPRING  
CHNG  
MODEL MFC-P2000/HL-P2000 84U-901/902-050/051/052  
T/I NO. PR98271 / PR98292 / PR98303  
8. MAIN PCB  
REF.NO.  
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
SYMBOL  
REMARK  
1-1  
1-1  
1-1  
1
1
1
UK4250001  
UK4251001  
UK4252001  
UK4328000  
UK4320000  
UK4160000  
1 MAIN PCB ASSY, US (SP)  
1 MAIN PCB ASSY, EUR (SP)  
1 MAIN PCB ASSY, HEB (SP)  
1 MROMP2000, US  
1 MROMP2000, EUR  
1 MROMP2000, HEB  
B512018-100C  
B512018-101B  
B512018-102  
#4  
#4  
#4  
MODEL MFC-P2000/HL-P2000 84U-901/902-101/102/103  
T/I NO. PR98260  
- 9 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12. PACKING MATERIALS  
PR99055  
REF.NO.  
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
REMARK  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
UE2233001  
UE2236001  
UE2239001  
UE2240001  
UE2222001  
UE2237001  
UE2245001  
UE2241001  
UE2230001  
UE2238001  
UE2242001  
UE2248001  
LJ4002001  
UE2223001  
UE2226001  
UE2126001  
1 CARTON, EUR HL-820  
1 CARTON, CAN HL-1020  
1 CARTON, USA HL-1040  
1 CARTON, CAN HL-1040  
1 CARTON, EUR HL-1040  
1 CARTON, CAN HL-1040DX  
1 CARTON, LEGEND HL-1040  
1 CARTON, USA HL-1050  
1 CARTON, EUR HL-1050  
1 CARTON, CAN HL-1050DX  
1 CARTON, CAN HL-1050  
1 CARTON, LEGEND HL-1050  
1 CARTON, TWN&KOR HL-1040R  
1 STYROFOAM PAD ASSY  
1 CARTON, ACCESORRIES  
1 BAG, 700X800 (BODY)  
ADD  
MODEL HL-820/1020/1040/1050 84U-821/831/832/861/862-930  
T/I NO. PR98087 / PR98110 / PR98176 / PR99055  
- 13 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. COVERS  
REF.NO.  
PR99057  
REMARK  
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
SYMBOL  
B48K304  
1
UL7983001  
085411215  
085411215  
085411215  
002400616  
087320616  
0A5350605  
UL8659001  
UL8753001  
UL8509001  
085411215  
UL8505001  
UL8601001  
UL8506001  
UL8507001  
085411215  
087320616  
UL8508001  
UL8512001  
085411215  
UL8510001  
UL8604001  
UL8518001  
UL8745001  
UL8515001  
UL8516001  
UL8746001  
085411215  
UL6740001  
UL7931001  
UL6741001  
UL8575001  
UL8639001  
UL8519001  
UL8641001  
UL8686001  
UL8611001  
UL8645001  
UL8820001  
UL8640001  
UL8650001  
UL8522001  
UL8547001  
UL8642001  
UL8651001  
UL8612001  
UL8596001  
UL8646001  
UL8652001  
UH3297001  
UH0905001  
UG3005000  
UG3005000  
UK3617000  
1 MAIN COVER ASSY  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
3 SCREW PAN M4X6  
2 TAPTITE, CUP S M3X6  
1 SCREW PAN(WASHER), M3.5X6  
1 EL PCB UNIT  
1 MAIN FAN MOTOR  
1 SUB FAN MOTOR  
10  
11  
12  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
27  
28  
29  
29  
29  
29  
29  
29  
29  
29  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
2 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 BASE PLATE 820/1020/1040  
1 BASE PLATE 1050  
1 MAIN PCB GUIDE RAIL (820/1020/1040)  
2 RUBBER FOOT  
8 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
5 TAPTITE, CUP S M3X6  
1 INSULATION SHEET  
CHNG  
1 INLET HOLDER  
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 I/F SHIELD ASSY 820/1020/1040  
1 I/F SHIELD ASSY 1050  
1 PANEL COVER, GRAY1227  
1 TOP COVER ASSY  
1 OUTPUT TRAY  
1 EXTENSION SUPPORT WIRE  
1 REAR COVER ASSY  
2 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 LASER CAUTION LABEL  
1 LASER CAUTION LABEL (LEGEND)  
1 TONER WARNING LABEL  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-820  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1020  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1040  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1040DX  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1040 (LEGEND)  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1050  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1050DX  
1 MODEL PLATE, HL-1050 (LEGEND)  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1020 CAN  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-820 EUR  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1040 US  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1040 CAN  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1040DX CAN  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1040 EUR  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1050 US  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1050 CAN  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1050DX CAN  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-1050 EUR  
1 C-TICK MARK LABEL  
1 US PATENT SEAL HL-10  
4 FERRITE CORE  
7 FERRITE CORE (HL1050)  
1 CORE, TFC-16813 (HL1050)  
MODEL HL-820/1020/1040/1050 84U-821/831/832/861/862-060  
T/I NO. PR98096 / PR98110 / PR98176 / PR99041 / PR99057  
- 7 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7. COVERS  
REF.NO.  
PR99057  
REMARK  
CODE  
Q'TY  
DESCRIPTION  
SYMBOL  
B48K304  
1
UL7983001  
085411215  
085411215  
085411215  
002400616  
087320616  
0A5350605  
UL8659001  
UL8753001  
UL8509001  
085411215  
UL8601001  
UL8507001  
085411215  
087320616  
UL8508001  
UL8512001  
085411215  
UL8510001  
UH3828001  
UH3850001  
UH3852001  
UH3826001  
UH3825001  
UL8516001  
UH3801001  
UH3805001  
085411215  
UL6740001  
UL7931001  
UL6741001  
UH3838001  
UH3839001  
UH3840001  
UG3005000  
087320616  
UH3751001  
UH3752001  
085411215  
1 MAIN COVER ASSY  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
3 SCREW PAN M4X6  
2 TAPTITE, CUP S M3X6  
1 SCREW PAN(WASHER), M3.5X6  
1 EL PCB UNIT  
1 MAIN FAN MOTOR  
1 SUB FAN MOTOR  
2 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 BASE PLATE  
2 RUBBER FOOT  
8 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
5 TAPTITE, CUP S M3X6  
1 INSULATION SHEET  
1 INLET HOLDER  
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 I/F SHIELD ASSY  
1 SHIELD SHEET, P2000  
1 PANEL COVER, GRAY1227  
1 TOP COVER ASSY  
1 DOCUMENT EXTENSION SUPPORT WIRE  
1 OUTPUT TRAY  
1 EXTENSION SUPPORT WIRE  
1 SCANNER REAR COVER ASSY  
1 REAR COVER ASSY  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
29  
30  
31  
31  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
CHNG  
2 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
1 LASER CAUTION LABEL  
1 LASER CAUTION LABEL, LEG  
1 TONER WARNING LABEL  
1 MYLAR LABEL, MFC-P2000 (US)  
1 MYLAR LABEL, MFC-P2000 (CANADA)  
1 MYLAR LABEL, HL-P2000 (EUR)  
5 FERRITE CORE  
1 TAPTITE, CUP S M3X6  
2 MINI CLAMP  
1 NYLON CLAMP  
1 TAPTITE, BIND B M4X12  
MODEL MFC-P2000/HL-P2000 84U-901/902-060  
T/I NO. PR98303 / PR99041 / PR99057  
- 7 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Laser Printer HL-800/1000 Series  
Quick Setup Guide  
Read this guidebook first to set up your printer and  
prepare your computer for the printer.  
Save all packing materials and outer carton. They  
are useful when shipping the printer.  
Keep this manual in a convenient place for quick and easy reference at all times. Refer  
to the On-Line manual by installing the CD-ROM into Windows.  
The product names in this guidebook are trademarks or registered trade marks of each manufacturer. The specifications are  
subject to change without notice.  
©1998 Brother Industries Ltd.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(For USA & CANADA Only)  
For technical and operational assistance, please call:  
In USA  
In CANADA  
1-800-276-7746 (outside California) / 949-859-9700 Ext. 329 (within California)  
1-800-853-6660 / 514-685-6464 (within Montreal)  
If you have comments or suggestions, please write us at:  
In USA  
Printer Customer Support - Brother International Corporation  
15 Musick, Irvine, CA 92718  
In CANADA  
Brother International Corporation (Canada), Ltd. - Marketing Dept.  
1, rue Hôtel de Ville Dollard-des-Ormeaux, PQ, Canada H9B 3H6  
BBS: For downloading drivers from our Bulletin Board Service, call:  
In USA: 1-888-298-3616 / In CANADA : 1-514-685-2040  
Please log on to our BBS with your first name, last name and a four digit number for your password. Our  
BBS supports modem speeds up to 14,400, 8 bits no parity, 1 stop bit.  
Fax-Back System (For USA and Canada only)  
Brother Customer Service has installed an easy to use Fax-Back System so you can get instant answers to  
common technical questions and product information for all Brother products. This is available 24 hours a  
day, 7 days a week. You can use the system to send the information to any fax machine, not just the one you  
are calling from. Please call 1-800-521-2846 (USA) or 1-800-681-9838 (Canada) and follow the voice  
prompts to receive faxed instructions on how to use the system and your index of Fax-Back subjects.  
DEALERS/SERVICE CENTERS (USA only)  
For the name of an authorized dealer or service center, call 1-800-284-4357.  
SERVICE CENTERS (Canada only)  
For service center addresses in Canada, call 1-800-853-6660  
INTERNET ADDRESS  
For technical questions and downloading drivers: http://www.brother.com  
Definitions of Warnings, Cautions, and Notes  
The following conventions are used in this User’s Guide:  
Warning  
!
Caution  
Indicates warnings that must be observed  
to prevent possible personal injury.  
Indicates cautions that must be observed to use the  
printer properly or prevent damage to the printer.  
Note  
Indicates notes and useful tips to remember  
when using the printer.  
To Use the Printer Safely  
Warning  
Warning  
There are high voltage electrodes inside the  
printer. Before cleaning the printer, make sure  
you turn off the power switch and unplug the  
power cord from the power outlet.  
After you have just used the printer, some  
internal parts are extremely hot. When you  
open the printer top cover, never touch the  
shaded parts shown in the following  
illustration.  
Turning off the Switch and Unplugging the Printer  
High Temperature  
Inside the Printer  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of Contents  
Trademarks  
The Brother logo is a registered trademark of Brother Industries, Ltd.  
Apple, the Apple Logo, and Macintosh are trademarks, registered in the United States and other countries, and  
TrueType is a trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.  
Epson is a registered trademark and FX-80 and FX-850 are trademarks of Seiko Epson Corporation.  
Hewlett Packard is a registered trademark and HP LaserJet 6P, 6L, 5P, 5L, 4, 4L 4P, III, IIIP, II, and IIP are  
trademarks of Hewlett-Packard Company.  
IBM, IBM PC, and Proprinter are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.  
Microsoft and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Windows is a registered trademark  
of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and other countries.  
All other brand and product names mentioned in this User’s Guide are registered trademarks of their respective  
companies.  
Compilation and Publication Notice  
Under the supervision of Brother Industries Ltd., this manual has been compiled and published, covering the  
latest product’s descriptions and specifications.  
The contents of this manual and the specifications of this product are subject to change without notice.  
Brother reserves the right to make changes without notice in the specifications and materials contained herein  
and shall not be responsible for any damages (including consequential) caused by reliance on the materials  
presented, including but not limited to typographical and other errors relating to the publication.  
©1998 Brother Industries Ltd.  
1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Action 1: Check the Supplied Items  
After taking the printer out of the carton and removing the packing materials, make sure that  
the following items are not damaged and none are missing:  
• Printer  
• Paper support  
• Drum unit assembly (with Toner cartridge • AC Cord  
included)  
ꢀꢁ 3.5” floppy disks for Windows® printer driver and fonts  
ꢀꢁ Quick setup guide (this guidebook)  
ꢀꢁ Plastic Bag  
ꢀꢁ CD-ROM  
NOTE  
The 3.5” floppy disks for the Macintosh printer driver may be included for some countries.  
You will need to purchase an interface cable that matches the bi-directional IEEE 1284  
compliant interface of your computer. If you do not know what cable you need, consult your  
dealer.  
- 2 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Action 2: Place the printer  
Please take note of the following before using the printer.  
Power Supply  
Use the printer within the specified power range.  
AC power: ±10% of the rated power voltage in your country  
Frequency: 50 Hz (220 V– 240 V) or 50/60 Hz (110–120 V)  
The power cord, including extensions, should not exceed 5 meters (16.5 feet).  
Do not share the same power circuit with other high-power appliances, particularly an air conditioner,  
copier, shredder and so on. If it is unavoidable that you must use the printer with these appliances, it is  
recommended that you use an isolation transformer or a high-frequency noise filter.  
Use a voltage regulator if the power source is not stable.  
Environment  
The printer should be installed near a power outlet, which is easily accessible.  
Use the printer only within the following ranges of temperature and humidity.  
Ambient temperature:  
Ambient humidity:  
10°C to 32.5°C (50°F to 90.5°F)  
20% to 80% (without condensation)  
The printer should be used in a well ventilation room.  
Place the printer on a flat, horizontal surface.  
Keep the printer clean. Do not place the printer in a dusty place.  
Do not place the printer where the ventilation hole of the printer is blocked.  
Do not place the printer where it is exposed to direct sunlight. Use a blind or a heavy curtain to protect  
the printer from direct sunlight when the printer is unavoidably set up near a window.  
Do not place the printer near devices that contain magnets or generate magnetic fields.  
Do not subject the printer to strong physical shocks or vibrations.  
Do not expose the printer to open flames or salty or corrosive gasses.  
Do not place objects on top of the printer.  
Do not place the printer near an air conditioner.  
Keep the printer horizontal when carrying.  
Do not cover the slots in the top cover.  
System Requirements for the Brother Printing Solution for Windows  
Check the following system requirements to setup and operate the printer in Brother Printing Solution for  
Windows:  
IBM PC or compatible with 80486 SX or higher microprocessor  
Parallel interface (or printer port)  
4 MB or more of memory (8 MB recommended)  
10 MB of space available on your hard disk for the printer driver and all fonts  
Microsoft Windows 95/98, 3.1/3.11 or Windows NT 4.0  
Caution  
!
The HL-820/1020 printer has been designed specifically for Windows 95/98, 3.1/3.11 and Windows  
NT4.0. It cannot work in a DOS environment such as MS-DOS.  
-3-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Action 3: Install the Toner Cartridge/Drum Unit  
Unpack the drum unit assembly with the  
toner cartridge included. Gently shake it  
from side to side five or six times.  
1
!
CAUTION  
Do not expose the drum unit to light for  
longer than a few minutes, as this will  
damage the drum.  
Starter Sheet  
!
CAUTION  
Do not remove the starter sheet.  
This sheet will be ejected while the printer  
is warming-up after installing a new drum  
unit. (See Action 5 Illustration 4)  
Open the top cover of the printer by holding  
both sides of it.  
2
Holding the drum by its handles, install it  
into the printer.  
3
Close the top cover.  
4
- 4 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Action 4: Load Paper into Your Printer  
Install the paper support onto the multi-  
purpose sheet feeder.  
1
2
3
Open the multi-purpose sheet feeder cover.  
!
CAUTION  
Be sure to open the sheet feeder cover  
whenever you insert paper into the sheet  
feeder otherwise you may get paper mis-  
feeding or paper jam errors.  
Load paper in the multi-purpose sheet  
feeder.  
NOTE  
The feeder can hold up to 200 sheets of  
plain paper or up to 10 envelopes.  
Excessive sheets may cause paper jams.  
Make sure that the paper is stacked below  
the mark.  
- 5 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Hold the tab of the right hand paper guide  
and press the catch to release the guide  
lock. Move the paper guide to fit the paper  
width.  
4
5
6
!
CAUTION  
Failure to set the paper guide to the paper  
width may cause paper skew and jam.  
Close the multi-purpose sheet feeder cover.  
Open the output tray. ( )  
Extend the extension support wire. ( )  
The printer can handle paper within the following specifications:  
Paper Type  
Cut sheets  
Paper Size  
A4, Letter, Legal, B5(JIS/ISO), A5, A6, 3”x 5”, Executive,  
Custom size  
(70-216 x 127-356 mm)  
Envelopes  
Organizer  
Labels and  
DL, C5, COM-10, Monarch, 9” x 12”  
Day-Timer® J, K, L, 70-216 x 127-356 mm  
A4, Letter  
Transparencies 70-216 x 127-356 mm  
- 6 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Action 5-1: Connect Your Printer to Your Computers parallel  
interface  
You must connect the printer to your computer with a suitable interface cable. In most cases, a  
bi-directional IEEE 1284 compliant parallel cable is used for this connection.  
Make sure that the printer power switch is  
off before connecting or disconnecting the  
interface cable.  
1
Also, make sure that the computer is turned  
off.  
Connect the parallel interface cable to the  
2
parallel interface port of the printer. ( )  
Secure the connection with the wire clips.  
( )  
Connect the interface cable to the printer  
port of the computer.  
NOTE  
The HL-1040/1050 printer can also operate with an RS-232C/RS-422A serial interface by  
For the location of your computers parallel (or serial, if you are using the optional interface  
board) printer port, refer to the User’s Guide of your computer.  
- 7 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Action 5-2: Connect Your Printer to Your Computers using the USB  
interface ( Only for HL-1050 with Windows 98 )  
The Universal Serial Bus is an interface which allows the printer to be connected to multiple  
peripheral devices. If your PC has a USB port, you can connect the printer to your PC by  
using the USB interface as described in the following procedure.  
NOTE  
ꢀꢁ We recommend that you use the USB interface with this printer on Microsoft Windows  
98. Although Microsoft Windows 95 OSR2.1 supports the USB interface, some PCs do  
not work correctly with the USB interface.  
ꢀꢁ Only one Brother printer can be used in the same chain of the USB connection. If more  
than one Brother printer exists in the same chain of the USB connection, only one printer  
can be used.  
ꢀꢁ To obtain the latest driver, refer to the following page on our web site:  
http://www.brother.com/  
[Software]  
Turn the printer power off.  
1
Connect your PC and HL-1050 with the  
USB interface cable.  
Turn the printer power on.  
2
The dialog shown above will appear on  
your PC.  
Click the Next button.  
3
Select “Search for the best driver for your  
device.”  
Click the Next button.  
8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
4
5
6
Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the  
drive of your PC.  
Select “CD-ROM drive.”  
Click the Next button  
Click the Next button.  
The USB driver is installed.  
When the dialog shown above appears on  
your PC, click the Finish button.  
Be sure to restart Windows 98 so that  
the installed USB driver will be  
effective.  
When the installation of the USB driver is complete, install the printer driver.  
From CD-ROM:  
Run the CD-ROM program and go to the ‘Install driver’ menu.  
From Floppy disk: Refer to the Software Quick Setup Guide.  
Set the printer port to USB  
After installing the USB driver and printer driver, the printer port has to be set to ‘USB port’.  
1. Click the Start button and select Printers in Settings.  
2. Select the HL-1050 icon in printers so that the HL-1050 icon is highlighted.  
3. Select Properties from File menu.  
4. Click Details tab.  
5. Select BRUSB:(USB Printer Port) in the box for “Print to the following port”.  
6. Click OK to close the properties dialog box.  
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
If the printer does not print from the USB port, try reinstalling the USB driver as follows;  
1. Double-click the file ‘DeinsUSB.exe’ in the USB directory of the CD-ROM.  
2. Turn the printer off and on again.  
3. “Add New Hardware Wizard” is launched again, follow the instructions in the Wizard.  
10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Action 6: Plug in and Turn on Your Printer  
Plug the power cord into the AC power  
outlet and the printer power inlet.  
1
2
3
4
NOTE  
The shape of the power cord varies  
according to the country of destination.  
Turn on the power switch that is located  
on the left side of your printer.  
Make sure that the READY lamp is lit after  
the printer has warmed up (approximately  
30 seconds).  
Drum  
Alarm  
Ready  
Paper  
Data  
Toner  
Make sure that the printer automatically  
ejects the starter sheet while the printer is  
warming-up immediately after installing a  
new drum unit.  
Starter Sheet  
-11 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Printing aTest Sample Page  
We recommend that you print a test page. Refer to the instructions below.  
NOTE  
ꢀꢁ The following test page operation will be invalid after the printer has received any data  
from your computer.  
Press the control panel switch.  
The printer will start printing a test sample  
page.  
NOTE  
ꢀꢁ If you have already sent data from your computer to the printer, you can print a self test  
using the following steps.  
1. Make sure the top cover is closed.  
2. Hold down the switch and turn on the power switch. Keep the switch depressed until  
the Drum lamp comes on.  
3. Press the switch again to execute the test print.  
The HL-1040/1050 printer can also print settings, fonts, and hexadecimal values of  
User’s Guide.  
reviewing the information in the User’s Guide, consult your dealer or Brother  
representative for support.  
ꢀꢁ This Setup guide, the User’s Guide and an instructional video are available on the  
CD-ROM. You can view the On-Line guides with the Adobe Acrobat reader software  
included on the CD-ROM.  
After printing the test sample page, you are ready to prepare your computer to work with the  
printer. The software setup varies depending upon your computer and operating system. Refer  
to the relevant following section:  
Action 7-1: Installation from CD-ROM  
Action 7-2: Prepare Windows 95/98 for the Printer from floppy disk  
Action 7-3: Prepare Windows 3.1 for the Printer from floppy disk  
Action 7-4: Prepare DOS for the Printer (Only for HL-1040/1050 Users) from floppy disk  
Action 7-5: Prepare Macintosh for the Printer (Only for HL-1040/1050 Users)  
12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Action 7-1: Installation from CD-ROM  
The supplied CD-ROM contains the following materials.  
ꢀꢁ Printer Driver & TrueType fonts -  
You need to configure your PC for the printer by installing the printer driver  
and TrueType-compatible fonts. Printer driver & TrueType fonts can be installed either  
from the CD-ROM or the floppy disks.  
ꢀꢁ Soft PCL 5e ( Only for HL-820/1020/1040 ) -  
To print the document at 600 dpi from the Windows DOS box you need to install this  
utility.  
ꢀꢁ Other useful utilities -  
Several other useful utility software programs are available on the CD-ROM.  
ꢀꢁ Documentation -  
This Setup guide, the User’s Guide and an instructional video are available on the CD-  
ROM. You can view the On-Line guides with the Adobe Acrobat reader software  
included on the CD-ROM. The instruction video shows how to replace the  
consumables etc.  
If your PC does not have a CD-ROM drive, you can install the printer driver or RPC from the  
supplied floppy disks. For the other software that is supplied on the CD-ROM, it is possible  
to make disk sets from the CD-ROM if you can get access temporarily to a PC with CD-ROM  
and Floppy disk drives.  
For Windows 95/98/NT 4.0  
1. Close all the applications running on your PC.  
2. Insert the supplied compact disc into the CD-ROM drive.  
NOTE  
Depending on the computer configuration, the installation program may automatically start.  
In this case, skip the following steps 3 to 5.  
3. Click Start.  
4. Choose Run.  
5. Type D:\START32(or the appropriate drive directory letter) in the command line box and  
click OK.  
After the installer starts, simply follow the instructions that appear on the screen.  
For Windows 3.1/3.11  
1. Close all the applications running on your PC.  
2. Insert the supplied compact disc into the CD-ROM drive.  
3. In the Windows Program Manager screen, click the File menu.  
4. Choose Run.  
5. Type D:\START16(or the appropriate drive directory letter) in the command line box and  
click OK.  
After the installer starts, simply follow the instructions that appear on the screen.  
13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Action 7-2: Prepare Windows 95/98 for the Printer from floppy disks  
You need to configure Windows 95/98 for the printer by installing the printer driver and  
TrueType-compatible fonts from the supplied disk into Windows 95/98.  
1. Insert the supplied floppy disk labeled “disk1” into your floppy disk drive.  
2. Click the Start button and select Settings.  
3. Select Printers and double  
click the Add Printer icon.  
4. Follow the instructions in Windows 95/98.  
-14 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Action 7-3: Prepare Windows 3.1 for the Printer  
You need to configure Windows 3.1 for the printer by installing the printer driver and  
TrueTypeTM-compatible fonts from the supplied disk into Windows 3.1.  
Because the supplied printer driver and fonts are compressed on the disk, be sure to use the  
supplied installer program to install them. These instructions assume you will install the  
driver and fonts from the disk drive A.  
1. Start Windows 3.1.  
2. Insert the supplied disk for Windows into your floppy disk drive.  
3. Choose Run from the File menu in the Program Manager.  
4. Type the drive name where you inserted  
the supplied disk and “SETUP” in the  
box: for example, A:\SETUP. Click the  
OK button or press the Enter key.  
5. The installer program will begin. Follow the instructions on the computer screen.  
(Be sure to restart Windows when the installation process is completed.)  
NOTE  
ꢀꢁ The installer automatically updates your SYSTEM.INIWindows file by adding  
DEVICE=bi-di.386under the [386Enh]section. If any bi-directional parallel  
communications device driver has previously been installed, it will be deactivated by this  
new driver. If you want to use the driver that was previously installed, you should re-install  
your previous driver. However, re-installing the previous driver will make the HL-  
800/1000 series driver inactive.  
ꢀꢁ The installer makes the installed printer driver the Windows default.  
ꢀꢁ The installer automatically sets the printer port to the parallel interface, LPT1.  
ꢀꢁ During this installation, changes have been made to the SYSTEM.INIfile. It is necessary  
to restart Windows so that the changes become effective and the installed bi-directional  
parallel communications device driver can take effect.  
- 15 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Action 7-4: Prepare DOS for the Printer (Only for HL-1040/1050 Users)  
How to Use the Printer in Your DOS Application Software  
(without using the Windows system)  
Before working with application software that runs in DOS, if you do not already have a  
suitable driver installed, you will need to install a printer driver that matches one of the  
following supported emulations:  
HL-1040 : HP LaserJet IIP, EPSON FX-850, or IBM Proprinter XL printers  
HL-1050 : HP LaserJet 6P, EPSON FX-850, or IBM Proprinter XL printers  
The following table shows combinations of printer drivers and printer emulation mode. To get  
the most out of this printer, you should install an HP printer driver in your application  
software.  
Printer Model Printer driver supported in  
your application software  
HL-1040  
Emulation mode to be selected with  
the remote printer console program  
HP LaserJet IIP emulation mode  
Auto emulation selection  
HP LaserJet 6L/6P emulation mode  
Auto emulation selection  
HP LaserJet IIP™  
HP LaserJet II™  
HL-1050  
HP LaserJet 6L/6P™  
HP LaserJet 5L/5P™  
HP LaserJet 4/4L/4P™  
HP LaserJet III/IIIP™  
®
Epson FX-850 emulation mode  
Auto emulation selection  
IBM Proprinter XL emulation mode  
Auto emulation selection  
HL-1040/1050 Epson FX-850  
Epson FX-80™  
®
HL-1040/1050  
®
IBM Proprinter XL  
IBM Proprinter  
NOTE  
ꢀꢁ The best or recommended printer driver is indicated in bold.  
ꢀꢁ Be sure to choose the correct printer driver in your application software. Failure to do so  
may cause poor or inconsistent results.  
ꢀꢁ Ensure that the printing resolution of the HL-1040 is set to 300 dpi in your DOS  
application software.  
- 16 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
What Does Remote Printer Console Do?  
The Remote Printer Console (RPC) is a utility program which runs in the DOS environment  
and comprises the following two programs:  
Remote Printer Console Main Program  
This program allows you to change various printer settings such as emulation, print  
quality, fonts, page setup and so on from your computer screen. Since most DOS  
applications have a printer settings menu which overrides the settings made by the RPC,  
you may not need to use this utility program. This utility program is useful for application  
software which does not control the printer’s settings and features.  
Printer Status Monitor Program  
This utility program can monitor your printer’s status using bi-directional parallel  
communications. If your printer has no paper, this utility program displays “Paper Empty”  
error status and instructions for corrective action on your computer screen. This utility  
program stays resident in your computer memory (Terminate-and-Stay Resident program)  
and runs in the background.  
Installing the Remote Printer Console  
Before you install the program, make sure that you have the following hardware and software:  
DOS  
Monitor EGA/VGA or compatible  
Option Mouse; the mouse driver must be installed.  
(You can also operate the program with the keyboard.)  
Version 3.3 or later  
Follow these steps to install the remote printer console program:  
1. Make sure your printer is connected to your computer and is ready (On-line).  
2. Start your computer. If you are in Windows, exit and return to the DOS prompt. You must  
be in the DOS prompt to proceed with installation.  
3. Insert the supplied disk into your floppy disk drive (A: or B:).  
4. Select drive A or B to be used by typing A:or B:after  
C:\>A:  
the DOS prompt and pressing the Enter key.  
5. Type RPCSETUPand press the Enter key.  
A:\>RPCSETUP  
6. Follow the instructions on the screen.  
- 17 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using the Remote Printer Console Main Program  
Remote Printer Console  
Type C:\RPCX>RPCXand press the  
Enter key to start the Remote Printer  
Console main program.  
Direct_Access Printer_Setup Console_Config Guide  
Current Status  
Status  
Ready  
Regular  
Media Type  
Emulation  
Auto  
Paper Size  
Letter  
The Main Screen will appear on your  
computer screen as shown on the right.  
Orientation Portrait  
Quality  
Copies  
Normal  
1
Memory Size 1048576 Bytes  
[Enter]Setting  
[ / ] Select  
[Esc] Exit  
[Alt+Character] Menu [F1] Help  
The RPC gets the current settings information from your printer when it starts if bi-directional  
communication is enabled between your computer and printer. Otherwise, RPC shows its  
default settings. If you want to change settings, move the cursor to the desired item and select  
the desired setting by using the Enter and cursor keys. Then, press the Enter key to make  
the selected setting valid. If you use a mouse, click the desired item to change the setting.  
Additionally, there are four sub-menus as shown in the table below. Select a sub-menu by  
clicking the desired sub-menu with the mouse, by using the cursor key and the Enter key,  
or by using the keys shown below to switch the screen to the sub menus.  
Menu  
Press the keys Functions  
Direct Access  
Alt + D  
You can directly control printer functions such as Print  
Form, Self Print, Reset Printer, Sleep Control.  
You can enter the setting mode to change further printer  
settings, such as, margin settings, continue mode,  
reprint function, font, and sleep mode.  
Printer Setup  
Alt + P  
Console Config Alt + C  
You can change the environment settings for the RPC  
program: color, Status Monitor configuration, etc.  
You can get into the Guide mode.  
You can get On-Line help about the current highlighted  
item by pressing F1.  
Guide  
Help  
Alt + G  
F1  
- 18 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using the Printer Status Monitor Program  
Type C:\RPCX>STMXand press the Enter key to make the Printer Status Monitor Program  
stay resident in your computer memory. If there are any changes to the printer status, it  
displays a message on your computer screen.  
If the printer status monitor program stays resident in your computer, you can monitor the  
printer status on your computer screen immediately using the hot-key sequence (Ctrl+Alt+R).  
To remove the Printer Status Monitor program from your computer memory, type  
C:\RPCX>STMX/Rand press the  
key.  
Enter  
The RPC works in the environment where your printer is directly connected to your  
computer. If you are using any printer buffer switches which do not support bi-directional  
communication between the printer and computer, the program works only in the PC to  
printer direction and cannot receive printer status information.  
The program does not work with printers on a network.  
If the RPC conflicts with some application software, exit your application software and  
then run the RPC.  
The RPC may work in the DOS-compatible box screen mode of Windows, however, it is  
recommended that you completely exit from Windows to the DOS prompt before using the  
RPC.  
The Printer Status Monitor and some other Terminate-and-Stay programs cannot coexist in  
the computer’s memory. If they do not work properly together, use them one at a time.  
You can suspend the Printer Status monitor with any of the following methods or  
commands.  
ꢀꢁ Type C:\RPCX>STMX/Rand press the Enter key.  
ꢀꢁ Hold the space bar down while executing the AUTOEXEC.BATfile at DOS startup to  
prevent the status monitor being loaded as a TSR program.  
-19 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Action 7-5: Prepare Macintosh for the Printer  
(Only for HL-1040/1050 Users)  
You need to configure your computer for the printer by installing the printer driver and  
TrueTypeTM-compatible fonts into the System Folder of your Macintosh computer, and select  
your printer.  
NOTE  
You must have Macintosh System software version 6.0.7 or above to use this printer driver.  
This printer driver only supports the 300 dpi mode when used with a Macintosh computer.  
When setting up the printer to work with your Macintosh computer, you will need to use the  
RS-422A serial interface. The serial interface board is an option, but comes standard in some  
countries. For information on options, consult your dealer or refer to the User’s Guide for this  
printer.  
A supplied high density floppy disk contains the printer driver and TrueTypeTM-compatible  
fonts necessary for this printer to work with Macintosh computers.  
Be sure to follow the steps below to install the printer driver by using the installer software:  
1. Start your Macintosh computer.  
2. Insert the supplied disk for the Macintosh computer into the disk drive. If your computer  
does not support high density 1.4 MB diskettes, please contact your dealer or Brother  
Printer Support.  
3. Double-click the disk icons to open your hard disk and the inserted disk.  
4. Double-click the Installer icon.  
5. The installer starts running. Follow the instructions on the computer screen.  
NOTE  
After you have installed the printer driver, you need to select your printer with the Chooser  
(which is located under the Apple menu) on the Macintosh computer.  
- 20 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
LAMPS AND SWITCH  
This section refers to the following lamps and switch on the printer control panel.  
Drum  
Alarm  
Ready  
Paper  
Data  
Toner  
Note  
When the power switch is off or the printer is in sleep mode, all lamps including the Ready  
lamp are off.  
Ready (Paper) Lamp  
The Ready lamp indicates the current status of the printer.  
Lamp  
Off ❍  
Printer status  
The power switch is off or the printer is in sleep mode. If the printer is  
in sleep mode, it will wake up automatically when it receives data or  
you press the control panel switch.  
The printer is warming up. (Blinking at 1 second intervals)  
Blinking  
●  
Blinking  
●  
On ●  
The printer is cooling down and has stopped printing until the printers  
internal temperature lowers. (Blinking at 2 seconds intervals)  
The printer is ready to print.  
This lamp also works as the Paper lamp with the Alarm lamp. They blink  
Data (Toner) Lamp  
The Data lamp indicates the current status of the print data process.  
Lamp  
Off ❍  
Blinking  
●  
On ●  
Printer status  
The printer has no print data.  
The printer is receiving data from the computer or the printer is  
processing data in memory.  
Print data remains in the printer memory. If the Data lamp is on for a  
long period of time and nothing has printed, you need to press the  
switch to print the remaining data.  
This lamp also works as the Toner lamp with the Alarm lamp. They blink  
-21 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Drum Lamp  
The Drum lamp indicates the drum unit is nearly at the end of its life.  
Lamp  
Off ❍  
Printer status  
The drum unit can be used.  
On ●  
Alarm Lamp  
The Alarm lamp blinks to indicate a printer error status such as “Cover Open” and  
“Memory Full.” If any other error occurs, the printer indicates the error by blinking the  
Alarm lamp with another lamp or by printing an error report.  
Note  
The Ready, Data and Drum lamps are used to indicate printer errors with the Alarm  
corrective action for the error.  
Switch  
This switch will be used for the following purposes depending on the situation.  
Cancel printing  
If you press the switch during printing, the printer immediately stops printing and  
ejects the paper.  
Wake-up  
If the printer is in sleep mode, pressing the switch wakes it up into the ready state.  
Form Feed  
If the Data lamp is on, press the switch. The printer prints any data remaining in the  
printer memory: this operation is called “Form Feed.”  
Error Recovery  
If an error occurs, the printer will recover from some errors automatically. If the error  
does not clear automatically, press the switch to clear the error and continue printer  
operation.  
- 22 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Other Control Features  
Sleep Mode  
When the printer does not receive data for a certain period of time (time-out), it enters  
sleep mode. Sleep mode acts as though the printer was turned off. The default time-out  
is 5 minutes. While the printer is in sleep mode, all the lamps are off and it is as if it  
was turned off, but the printer can still receive data from the computer. Receiving a print  
file or document automatically wakes up the printer to start printing. Pressing the switch  
also wakes up the printer.  
Note  
ꢀꢁ When the printer goes into sleep mode, the fan will not stop until the printer engine  
has cooled down.  
ꢀꢁ Sleep mode allows the print engine to cool, so the temperature of your room and how  
long the printer has been in sleep mode affects the warm-up time. This warm-up time  
can take up to 30 seconds. The Ready lamp blinks to indicate that the printer is  
warming up.  
ꢀꢁ You can change the time out for the sleep mode with the supplied printer driver (all  
models) or Remote Printer Console program (HL-1040/1050 only). Refer to the Help  
section in the printer driver or RPC program for more information about the sleep  
mode setting.  
Test Print Mode  
The printer has the following test print mode. Follow these steps:  
1. Make sure that the top cover is closed.  
2. Hold down the switch and turn on the power switch. Keep the switch depressed  
until the Drum lamp comes on.  
The Drum lamp lights to indicate that the printer is in the test print mode.  
3. Press the switch again to execute the test print or hold down the switch to select  
another option and release the switch to execute the selected option.  
The test print mode varies depending upon the printer model as follows:  
Lamp Lit Choice  
Function  
Test sample  
page  
Print Config  
The printer prints a test sample page.  
The printer returns to the ready status after printing.  
The printer prints the current configuration of the printer  
Drum  
Alarm  
& Print Fonts I and a list of the internal fonts.  
The printer returns to the ready status after printing.(HL-  
1040/1050 only)  
Factory Reset The printer is restored to the factory setting and permanent  
fonts and macros are cleared.  
Ready  
Data  
The printer returns to the ready status after printing.(HL-  
1040/1050 only)  
Hex Dump  
Print  
The printer can print data as hexadecimal values, so that  
you can check data errors and problems. To exit from this  
mode, you have to turn off the printer. (HL-1040/1050  
only)  
- 23 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                            
                            
                              
                              
REPLACING THE TONER CARTRIDGE  
The printer can print approximately 2,400 pages (5% coverage: A4/Letter) with one toner  
cartridge. When the toner cartridge is running low, the Alarm and Data (Toner) lamps blink  
once every 5 seconds to indicate toner low. Initially, some models are supplied with a  
starter toner cartridge which must be replaced after 1,000 pages.  
Note  
ꢀꢁ Actual page count will vary depending on your average document type. (i.e.:  
standard letter, detailed graphics, etc.)  
ꢀꢁ It is recommended that you always keep a new toner cartridge ready for use for when  
you get the toner low warning.  
ꢀꢁ Discard the used toner cartridge according to local regulations. If you are not sure of  
them, consult your local dealer. Be sure to seal up the toner cartridge tightly so that  
toner powder does not spill out of the cartridge. Do not discard used toner cartridges  
together with domestic rubbish.  
ꢀꢁ It is recommended that you clean the printer when you replace the toner cartridge.  
Drum  
Alarm  
Ready  
Paper  
Data  
Toner  
Toner Low and Empty Indication  
Caution  
!
ꢀꢁ You may print approximately 100 pages after the first toner low indication. Both  
Alarm and Data (Toner) lamps will blink continuously to indicate that the toner is  
empty. Once this indication appears, your printer cannot resume printing until you  
have installed a new toner cartridge.  
ꢀꢁ Keep the drum unit level after removing the toner cartridge, to avoid  
possible toner spill or scatter.  
Follow these steps to replace the toner cartridge:  
Open the top cover towards you. Remove  
the drum unit by holding each side of the  
drum and gently lifting the drum forwards  
towards you.  
1
Note  
It is recommended to put the drum unit on a  
piece of disposable paper or cloth in case of  
accidental toner spill or scatter.  
- 24 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Warning  
After you have just used the printer,  
some internal parts of the printer are  
extremely hot. When you open the top  
cover of the printer, never touch the  
shaded parts shown in the following  
illustration.  
High Temperature  
Gently turn the lever on the toner cartridge  
forward until it stops.  
2
Note  
The toner cartridge cannot be removed  
unless the shutter is completely closed by  
turning the lever fully to the front.  
Remove the old toner cartridge from the  
drum unit by pulling it out gently.  
3
Caution  
!
Handle the toner cartridge carefully. If toner  
scatters on your hands or clothes, wipe or  
wash it off with cold water immediately.  
Unpack the new toner cartridge, gently  
shake it five or six times and then remove  
the protective part.  
4
Caution  
!
ꢀꢁ Only unpack the toner cartridge  
immediately before installing it into the  
printer. If toner cartridges are left  
unpacked for a long period of time, the  
toner life is shortened.  
ꢀꢁ You can only use a Brother genuine  
toner cartridge (TN-300 series) which  
is specially formulated to ensure top  
print quality. Using another brand of  
toner cartridge could void your  
printer’s warranty.  
-25 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Install the new toner cartridge into the right  
hand side of the drum unit. Make sure that  
the toner cartridge guide bar is exactly  
aligned with the guide slot in the drum unit  
and pushed fully home into the drum unit to  
ensure that the toner cartridge and the drum  
unit fit together correctly.  
5
Gently turn the lever on the toner cartridge  
backward until it stops.  
6
Turn the drum unit upside down gently.  
7
Clean the primary corona wire inside the  
drum unit by gently sliding the blue tab to  
the right and left several times.  
Re-install the drum unit into the printer and  
close the top cover.  
8
-26 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
REPLACING THE DRUM UNIT  
The printer uses a drum unit to create the print images on paper. If the Drum lamp is on, it  
indicates the drum unit is nearly at the end of its life. We recommend you prepare a new drum  
unit to replace the current one. Even if the Drum lamp is on, you may be able to continue to  
print without replacing the drum unit for a while. If there is a noticeable deterioration in the  
output print quality even before the Drum lamp lights, then the drum unit should be replaced.  
Drum  
Alarm  
Ready  
Paper  
Data  
Toner  
Caution  
!
ꢀꢁ When removing the drum unit, handle it carefully as it may contain toner.  
ꢀꢁ You should clean the printer when you replace the drum unit.  
Note  
The drum unit is a consumable, and it is necessary to replace it periodically.  
There are many factors that determine the actual drum life, such as temperature,  
humidity, type of paper and toner that you use, the number of pages per print job, etc..  
The drum life is estimated at approximately 20,000 pages at 20 pages per job and 8,000  
pages at 1 page per job. The actual number of pages that your drum will print may be  
significantly less than these estimates. Because we have no control over the many  
factors that determine the actual drum life, we cannot guarantee a minimum number of  
pages that will be printed by your drum.  
For best performance, use only genuine Brother toner, and the product should only be  
used in a clean, dust-free environment with adequate ventilation.  
Follow these steps to replace the drum unit:  
Open the top cover towards you. Remove  
the drum unit by holding each side of the  
drum and gently lifting the drum forwards  
towards you.  
1
Note  
It is recommended to put the drum unit on a  
piece of disposable paper or cloth in case of  
accidental toner spill or scatter.  
- 27 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Warning  
After you have just used the printer,  
some internal parts of the printer are  
extremely hot. When you open the top  
cover of the printer, never touch the  
shaded parts shown in the following  
illustration.  
High Temperature  
Remove the toner cartridge from the drum  
unit and keep it in a safe place.  
2
Note  
Discard the used drum unit according to local  
regulations. If you are not sure of them, consult  
your local dealer/retailer. Be sure to seal up the  
drum unit tightly so that toner powder does not  
spill out of the unit. Do not discard used drum  
units together with domestic rubbish.  
It is recommended to put the drum unit on a  
piece of disposable paper or cloth in case of  
accidental toner spill or scatter.  
Unpack the drum unit and gently shake it  
five or six times horizontally.  
3
Caution  
!
ꢀꢁ Only unpack a drum unit immediately  
before installing it into the printer. If an  
unpacked drum unit is subjected to  
excessive direct sunlight or room light,  
the unit may be damaged.  
ꢀꢁ Handle the toner cartridge and the drum  
unit carefully as it contains toner. If  
toner scatters and your hands or clothes  
get dirty, wipe or wash it off with cold  
water immediately.  
Caution  
!
Do not remove the starter sheet.  
- 28 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Install the toner cartridge into the new drum  
unit.  
4
Install the new drum unit into the printer.  
Close the top cover.  
5
The printer automatically ejects the starter  
sheet. Ejecting this sheet resets the drum  
life alarm.  
-29 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ALARM INDICATIONS AT A GLANCE  
Operator Calls  
If a recoverable error occurs, the printer indicates an ‘operator call’ by blinking the Alarm  
lamp and any of the following lamps.  
Find the error and take the proper action to correct it. The printer automatically recovers from  
most errors, but you may need to reset the printer with the panel switch as described below.  
Blinking Lamp  
Paper ●  
Alarm●  
Error  
Action  
Paper jam  
Clear the paper jam referring to the next section “PAPER  
JAMS” and press the panel switch if the printer does not  
automatically resume printing.  
Paper empty Load paper in the printer referring to the On-Line user’s  
Misfeed  
Reinstall the paper and press the panel  
switch  
.
Toner low  
Indicates that the printer has approximately 100 pages of  
printing left before the toner cartridge is empty. Prepare a  
new toner cartridge.  
Toner ●  
Alarm●  
(every 5 seconds)  
Toner Empty Replace the toner cartridge with a new one referring to the  
Toner ●  
Alarm●  
(Fast blinking)  
- 30 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
For errors shown below, the printer indicates an operator call by blinking the Alarm lamp. If  
you use the printer with the supplied Windows driver, the status monitor will appear to  
indicate the error on your computer screen. The HL-1040/1050 printer also prints some error  
messages on paper.  
Error  
Action  
Close the top cover of the printer.  
Cover Open  
Print Overrun  
ꢀꢁ Press the panel switch to print the data remaining in the  
printer.  
ꢀꢁ If you use the supplied Windows driver, try again after turning  
on Error Recovery in the PRINT menu of your application  
software, (Refer to Help section in Windows printer driver for  
the details.)  
ꢀꢁ (For HL-1050 only)  
Expand the printer memory with an optional memory board and  
set page protection to ON by using the supplied Windows  
driver or RPC program.  
ꢀꢁ (For HL-1050 only)  
Change the following settings in the supplied Windows driver  
and try again. The best combination of the settings below will  
vary depending on your document.  
Graphics Mode  
TrueType mode  
Use Printer TrueType Fonts  
ꢀꢁ If this does not clear the error, reduce the complexity of your  
document or reduce the print resolution.  
ꢀꢁ Press the panel switch to print the data remaining in the  
printer.  
ꢀꢁ Reduce the print resolution or reduce the complexity of your  
document.  
Memory Full  
(For HL-1040/1050  
Only)  
This error can occur only  
when using DOS or  
Macintosh.  
ꢀꢁ (For HL-1050 only)  
Expand the printer memory by adding a commercially available  
SIMM.  
ꢀꢁ Press the panel switch to resume printing.  
ꢀꢁ Check that the connection between your computer and printer is  
secure and correct, and check the interface cable.  
ꢀꢁ Press the panel switch to resume printing.  
ꢀꢁ Check the communication parameters such as baud rate and  
stop bit settings on both your computer and printer.  
Parallel Interface Line  
Error  
Serial Interface Framing  
Error (For HL-  
1040/1050 Only)  
ꢀꢁ Press the panel switch to resume printing.  
ꢀꢁ Check the communication parameters such as bit length and  
parity settings on both your computer and printer.  
Serial Interface Parity  
Error (For HL-  
1040/1050 Only)  
ꢀꢁ Press the panel switch to resume printing.  
ꢀꢁ The interface hardware may be damaged. Consult your dealer.  
Serial Interface Overrun  
Error (For HL-  
1040/1050 Only)  
-31-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Error  
Action  
ꢀꢁ Press the panel switch to resume printing.  
ꢀꢁ Check the communication parameters such as the handshake  
protocols on both your computer and printer.  
ꢀꢁ If the error occurs again, the interface hardware may be  
damaged. Consult your dealer.  
Serial Interface Input  
Buffer Overflow (For  
HL-1040/1050 Only)  
NOTE  
If the printer does not operate as you expect it to, it is recommended that you turn off the  
power switch, wait a few seconds and then turn it on again. If you still have problems, consult  
your dealer or our authorized service representative.  
Service Calls  
If an unrecoverable error occurs, the printer indicates the need for a service call by lighting all  
the lamps and then the following combination of lamps alternately:  
Service Call  
Fuser  
malfunction  
Laser BD  
malfunction  
Scanner  
malfunction  
ROM  
error  
D-RAM  
error  
Drum  
Alarm  
Ready  
Data  
Service Call  
Drum  
Alarm  
Ready  
Data  
Service A  
Service B  
Service C  
Service D  
Service E0  
Service Call  
Service E1  
Service P  
NV-RAM  
error  
CPU runtime  
error  
Drum  
Alarm  
Ready  
Data  
OFF  
ON  
If you see any of these service call indications, turn off the power switch, wait a few seconds  
and then turn it on again and try to print again.  
If you cannot clear the error and see the same service call indication after turning on the  
printer, consult your dealer or our authorized service representative. Report the error status  
and situation referring to the above table.  
NOTE  
Be sure that the top cover and the main controller board are firmly installed.  
NOTE  
- 32 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Additional Memory (HL-1050 Only)  
The HL-820/1020/1040 printers have 2 Mbytes of standard memory and additional memory  
cannot be fitted.  
The HL-1050 printer has 4 Mbytes of standard memory and a slot for optional additional  
memory. The memory can be expanded up to 36 Mbytes total by installing a commercially  
available single in-line memory module (SIMM).  
Note  
The HL-820/1020/1040 machine memory cannot be expanded.  
Additional memory is useful and may be necessary if you are using the Page Protection  
function.  
Minimum Memory Recommendation (including resident memory)  
Page Protect = AUTO or Off  
Page Protect = Letter, A4, or Legal  
300dpi  
Letter/A4 2 MB  
600dpi  
2 MB  
2 MB  
300dpi  
Letter/A4 2MB  
Legal 3 MB  
600dpi  
6 MB  
6 MB  
Legal  
2 MB  
The following types of SIMM are recommended and can be installed:  
ꢀꢁ 1 Mbyte HITACHI HB56D25632B-6A, -7A  
ꢀꢁ 2 Mbytes HITACHI HB56D51232B-6A, -7A  
ꢀꢁ 4 Mbytes HITACHI HB56A132BV-7A, -7AL, -7B, -7BL  
ꢀꢁ 8 Mbytes HITACHI HB56A232BT-7A, -7AL, -7B, -7BL  
ꢀꢁ 16 Mbytes HITACHI HB56A432BR-6A, -7A  
ꢀꢁ 32 Mbytes HITACHI HB56A832BS-6A, -7A  
This printer can accept memory SIMMS with the following specifications:  
Speed  
60 nsec - 80 nsec  
72 pin  
35.00 mm (1.38”) or less  
32 bit or 36 bit  
Pin Type  
Height  
Output  
Note  
ꢀꢁ The HL-1050 can also support DIB graphics with a resolution of 1200 x 600 dpi under  
Windows 95/98/Windows 3.1 with the supplied printer driver. We recommend to expand the  
printer memory to avoid any memory full errors.  
ꢀꢁ The printer has only one slot for a SIMM upgrade. If you want to increase your printer  
memory again after you have already installed a SIMM module into the slot, you will need  
to remove the previously installed SIMM first. For example if you had previously  
increased the printer memory from the standard 4MB to 12MB by adding an 8MB SIMM  
and you wish to increase your total memory to 20 MB, you need to remove the installed  
8MB SIMM and install a new 16MB SIMM into the printer.  
- 33 -  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Installing the SIMM  
To install the SIMM, follow these steps:  
power  
switch and unplug the p  
1
Turn off the  
cord from the AC outlet. Disconnect the inte  
cable (printer cable) from the printer.  
!
Caution  
Be sure to turn off the  
power  
switch and  
unplug the power cord to the printer  
before installing or removing the SIMM  
to/from the main controller board.  
2
Unscrew the screws securing the rear  
plate of the main controller board to the  
printer and pull out the main controller  
board .  
Unpack the SIMM and hold it by its edge.  
!
Caution  
SIMM boards may be damaged by even a small amount of static electricity. Do not touch the  
memory chips or the board surface. When handling the board and before installing or  
removing it, wear an antistatic wrist strap, or frequently touch the surface of the antistatic  
package or bare metal on the printer.  
3
Install the SIMM into the slot and push it  
gently towards the vertical until it clicks  
into place.  
4. Install the main controller board into the printer by sliding it into the guide rails.  
5. Secure the main controller board with the four screws.  
6. Reconnect the interface cable (printer cable) from your computer. Plug the power cord into  
the AC outlet and turn on the power switch.  
7. To check that the SIMM is installed correctly, you may perform a Test Print “Print  
Configuration” which will print the current total memory size.  
34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTER SPECIFICATIONS  
Printing  
Print Method  
Laser  
Electrophotography by semiconductor laser beam scanning  
Wavelength: 780 nm / Output: 5 mW max.  
Resolution  
HL-820  
/1020  
600 dots/inch (under Brother Printing Solution for  
Windows)  
HL-1040 600 dots/inch (under Brother Printing Solution for  
Windows / under Brother Software PCL5e for DOS  
box in Windows )  
300 dots/inch (under DOS, Apple Macintosh and other  
operating system)  
HL-1050 1200 (H) x 600 (V) dots/inch (for Windows DIB graphics)  
600 x 600 dots/inch (for Windows and DOS)  
300 x 300 dots/inch (using Apple Macintosh with the  
optional RS-100M)  
Print Quality  
Print Speed  
Normal printing mode  
Economy printing mode (up to 25% and 50% toner saving)  
HL-820 : Up to 8 pages/minutes  
HL-1020/1040/1050: Up to 10 pages/minute  
(when loading A4 or letter-size paper from the multi-purpose  
sheet feeder)  
NOTE: Maximum print speed is obtained by printing several copies of  
the same page. Print speed may vary depending on interface type,  
emulation, processing power of the computer, memory allocated to the  
print job, paper size and graphic quality.  
Max. 30 seconds at 23°C (73.4°F) (The warm up time depends on the  
ambient temperature and humidity.)  
15 seconds (when loading A4 or letter-size paper from the multi-purpose  
sheet feeder)  
Warm-Up  
First Print  
Print Media  
Toner cartridge:  
Life Expectancy: 2,400 pages/new toner cartridge  
1,000 pages/starter toner cartridge  
(when printing A4- or letter-size paper at 5% print coverage)  
NOTE: Toner life expectancy will vary depending on the type of  
average print job printed.  
Drum Unit:  
Life Expectancy: 20,000 pages at 20 pages per job  
8,000 pages at 1 page per job  
NOTE: There are many factors that determine the actual drum  
life, such as temperature, humidity, type of paper and toner that  
you use, the number of pages per print job, etc..  
35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Functions  
TrueType Fonts TrueType-compatible soft-fonts for Windows on the supplied disk  
on disks  
Emulation  
HL-820/1020:Brother Printing Solution for Windows  
HL-1040:  
Brother Printing Solution for Windows / Automatic  
emulation selection among HP LaserJet IIP (PCL level  
4), EPSON FX-850, or IBM Proprinter XL  
HL-1050:  
Brother Printing Solution for Windows / Automatic  
emulation selection among HP LaserJet 6P (PCL level 6),  
EPSON FX-850, or IBM Proprinter XL  
Printer Driver  
Interface  
Windows 3.1/3.11, Windows 95/98 and Windows NT 4.0 driver,  
supporting Brother Native Compression mode and bi-directional  
capability  
Optional Macintosh driver available for System 6.0.7 or higher (For HL-  
1040/1050 Only)  
Bi-directional parallel  
USB interface (HL-1050 only)  
RS-422A/RS-232C serial interface (RS-100M) is optionally available.  
(For HL-1040/1050 only)  
Memory  
HL-820/1020/1040 : 2 MB  
HL-1050:  
4 MB (Expandable up to 36 MB by installing an  
industry standard SIMM)  
Diagnostics  
Self-diagnostic program  
Electrical and Mechanical  
Power Source  
U.S.A. and Canada:AC 110 to 120 V, 50 / 60 Hz  
Europe and Australia:AC 220 to 240 V, 50 /60 Hz  
Printing: 280 W or less  
Stand-by: 60 W or less  
Power  
Consumption  
Sleep:  
13 W or less  
Noise  
Printing:  
Sleep:  
49 dB A or less  
33 dB A or less  
Temperature  
Humidity  
Operating: 10 to 32.5°C (50 to 90.5°F)  
Storage: 0 to 40°C (38 to 104°F)  
Operating: 20 to 80% (without condensation)  
Storage: 20 to 80% (without condensation)  
Dimensions  
(W x H x D)  
Weight  
390 x 245 x 365 mm (14.4 x 9.8 x 13.9 inches)  
(when the output tray is closed.)  
Approx. 7.2 kg (14.3 lb.) including the drum unit  
36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
REGULATIONS  
Federal Communications Commission(FCC)  
Declaration of Conformity (For USA Only)  
Industry Canada Compliance Statement (For  
Canada Only)  
Responsible Party :  
Brother International Corporation  
100 Somerset Corporate Boulevard  
Bridgewater, NJ 08807-0911, USA  
TEL : (908) 704-1700  
This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of  
the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment  
Regulations.  
declares, that the products  
Cet appareil numérique de la classe B respecte toutes  
les exigences du Règlement sur la matériel brouilleur du  
Canada.  
Product Name  
:Brother Laser Printer HL-820, HL-1020,  
HL-1040, HL-1040DX, HL-1050, HL-1050DX  
:HL-8L, HL-8h  
Model Numbers  
Product Options  
:ALL  
International Energy Star Compliance  
Statement  
complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the  
following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful  
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference  
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.  
The purpose of the International Energy Star Program is  
to promote the development and popularization of  
energy-efficient office equipments, which includes  
computers, monitors, printers, facsimile receivers and  
copy machines world-wide.  
As an International Energy Star partner, Brother  
Industries, Ltd. has decided that this product meets the  
guideline of the program.  
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits  
for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.  
These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against  
harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment  
generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not  
installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause  
harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no  
guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.  
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or  
television reception, which can be determined by turning the  
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the  
interference by one or more of the following measures:  
-Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.  
-Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.  
-Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that  
to which the receiver is connected.  
-Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.  
Important  
A shielded interface cable should be used in order to ensure  
compliance with the limits for a Class B digital device.  
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Brother  
Industries, Ltd. could void the user’s authority to operate the  
equipment.  
FDA Regulations (For 110-120 V Model Only)  
Laser Safety (For 110–120 V Model Only)  
U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has implemented  
regulations for laser products manufactured on and after August 2,  
1976. Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United  
States. One of the following labels on the back of the printer  
indicates compliance with the FDA regulations and must be attached  
to laser products marketed in the United States.  
This printer is certified as a Class I laser product under the U.S.  
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation  
Performance Standard according to the Radiation Control for  
Health and Safety Act of 1968. This means that the printer does  
not produce hazardous laser radiation.  
Since radiation emitted inside the printer is completely confined  
within protective housings and external covers, the laser beam  
cannot escape from the machine during any phase of user  
operation.  
MANUFACTURED:  
Brother Corporation (Asia) Ltd. Brother Buji Nan Ling Factory  
Gold Garden Ind., Nan Ling Village, Buji, Rong Gang, Shenzhen,  
CHINA  
This product complies with FDA radiation performance standards, 21  
Radio Interference (220-240 V Model Only)  
CFR Subchapter J  
This printer complies with EN55022(CISPR Publication  
22)/Class B.  
MANUFACTURED:  
BROTHER INDUSTRIES (USA) INC.  
2950 Brother Blvd., Bartlett, TN 38133, U.S.A.  
This product complies with FDA radiation performance standards, 21  
CFR Subchapter J  
Before this product is used, ensure that you use a double-  
shielded interface cable with twisted-pair conductors and that it  
is marked “IEEE 1284 compliant”. The cable must not exceed  
1.8 metres in length.  
MANUFACTURED:  
BROTHER INDUSTRIES LTD.  
Caution  
15-1 Naeshiro-cho Mizuho-ku Nagoya, 467 Japan  
This product complies with FDA radiation performance standards, 21  
CFR Subchapter J  
Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other  
than those specified in this manual may result in hazardous  
radiation exposure.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
IMPORTANT - For Your Safety  
Declaration of Conformity (For Europe)  
We, Brother International Europe Ltd.,  
Brother House 1 Tame Street, Guide Bridge,  
Audenshaw, Manchester M34 5JE, UK.  
declare that this product is in conformity with the following  
normative documents.  
To ensure safe operation the three-pin electrical plug supplied must  
be inserted only into a standard three-pin power point which is  
properly grounded through normal household wiring.  
Extension cords used with the equipment must be three-pin plug  
type and correctly wired to provide proper grounding. Incorrectly  
wired extension cords may cause personal injury and equipment  
damage.  
Safety: EN 60950,  
EN 60825  
EMC: EN 55022 Class B,  
EN 50082-1  
following the provisions of the Low Voltage Directive  
73/23/EEC and the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive  
89/336/EEC (as amended by 91/263/EEC and 92/31/EEC).  
The fact that the equipment operates satisfactorily does not imply  
that the power is grounded and that the installation is completely  
safe. For your safety, if in any doubt about the effective grounding  
of the power, consult a qualified electrician.  
Issued by:  
Brother International Europe Ltd.  
European Technical Services Division  
Disconnect device  
This printer must be installed near a power outlet, which is easily  
accessible. In case of emergencies, you must disconnect the power  
cord from the power outlet in order to shut off power completely.  
IEC 825 Specification (For 220–240 V Model Only)  
This printer is a Class 1 laser product as defined in IEC 825  
specifications. The label shown below is attached in countries  
where required.  
IMPORTANT - Wiring Information (For U.K. only)  
If the power cord supplied with this printer is not suitable for your  
electrical outlet, remove the plug from the mains cord and fit an  
appropriate three pin plug. If the replacement plug is intended to  
take a fuse then fit the same fuse as the original.  
CLASS 1LASER PRODUCT  
APPAREIL Å LASER DE CLASSE 1  
LASER KLASSE 1 PRODUKT  
If a moulded plug is severed from the power cord then it should be  
destroyed because a plug with cut wires is dangerous if plugged into  
a live socket outlet. Do not leave it where a child might find it.  
This printer has a Class 3B Laser Diode which emits invisible  
laser radiation in the Scanner Unit. The Scanner Unit should not  
be opened under any circumstances.  
In the event of replacing the plug fuse, fit a fuse approved by ASTA  
to BS1362 with the same rating as the original fuse.  
Always replace the fuse cover. Never use a plug with the cover  
omitted.  
Caution  
Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other  
than those specified in this manual may result in hazardous  
radiation exposure.  
WARNING - THIS PRINTER MUST BE PROPERLY EARTHED.  
The wires in the mains cord are coloured in accordance with the  
following code:  
Green and yellow:  
Blue:  
Brown:  
Ground  
Neutral  
Live  
The following caution label is attached near the scanner unit.  
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN AND INTERLOCK DEFEATED.  
AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM. CLASS 3B LASER PRODUCT.  
CAUTION  
The colours of the wiring in the power lead of this printer may not  
correspond with the markings which identify the terminals in your  
plug. If you need to fit a different plug, proceed as follows.  
USYNLIG LASER STRÅLING NÅR KABINETLÅGET STÅR ÅBENT.  
UNGDÅ DIREKTE UDSÆTTELSE FOR STRÅLING. KLASSE 3B LASER.  
ADVARSEL  
OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING NÄR DENNA DEL ÄR ÖPPNAD OCH SPÄRRAR  
ÄR URKOPPLADE. STRÅLEN ÄR FARLIG. KLASS 3B LASER APPARAT.  
VARNING  
AVATTAESSA JA SUOJALUKITUS OHITETTAESSA OLET ALTTIINA  
NÄKYMÄTTÖMÄLLE LASERSÄTEILYLLE. ÄLÄ KATSO SÄTEESEEN. LUOKAN  
3B LASERLAITE.  
VARO!  
Remove a length of the cord outer sheath, taking care not to damage  
the coloured insulation of the wires inside.  
USYNLIG LASERSTRÅLING.UNNGÅ DIREKTE KONTAKT MED LASERENHETEN  
NÅR TOPPDEKSELET ER ÅPENT. KLASSE 3B LASERPRODUKT.  
ADVARSEL  
Cut each of the three wires to the appropriate length. If the  
RADIATIONS LASER INVISIBLES QUANDOUVERT ET VERROUILLAGE ENLEVE.  
EVITER EXPOSITIONS DIRECTES AU FAISCEAU. PRODUIT LASER CLASSE 3B.  
ATTENTION  
VORSICHT  
construction of the plug permits, leave the green and yellow wire  
longer than the others so that, in the event that the cord is pulled out  
of the plug, the green and yellow wire will be the last to disconnect.  
UNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG WENN ABDECKUNG  
GEÖFFENT UND SICHERHEITSVERRIEGELUNG  
ÜBERBRÜCKT. NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETZEN.  
SICHERHEITSKLASSE 3B.  
RADIACIÓN LASER INVISIBLE CUANDO SE ABRE  
LA TAPA Y EL INTERRUPTOR INTERNO ESTÁ  
ATASCADO. EVITE LA EXPOSICIÓN DIRECTA  
DE LOS OJOS. PRODUCTO LASER CLASE 3B.  
Remove a short section of the coloured insulation to expose the  
wires.  
ATENCIÓN  
The wire which is coloured green and yellow must be connected to  
the terminal in the plug which is marked with the letter “E” or by  
the earth symbol or coloured green or green and yellow.  
For Finland and Sweden  
LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE  
KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT  
The wire which is coloured blue must be connected to the terminal  
which is marked with the letter “N” or coloured black or blue.  
Varoitus! Laitteen käyttäminen muulla kuin tässä  
käyttöohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa käyttäjän  
turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittävälle näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle.  
Varning – Om apparaten används på annat sätt än i denna  
Bruksanvisning specificerats, kan användaren utsättas för  
osynlig laserstrålning, som överskrider gränsen för laserklass1.  
The wire which is coloured brown must be connected to the  
terminal which is marked with the letter “L” or coloured red or  
brown.  
The outer sheath of the cord must be secured inside the plug. The  
coloured wires should not hang out of the plug.  
Geräuschemission / Acoustic Noise  
This product is designed for use in a  
professional environment.  
Emission (For Germany Only)  
Lpa < 70 dB (A) DIN 45635-19-01-KL2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Shipment of the Printer  
If for any reason you must ship your Printer, carefully package the  
Printer to avoid any damage during transit. It is recommended that you  
save and use the original packaging. The Printer should also be  
adequately insured with the carrier.  
Warning  
When shipping the Printer, the DRUM UNIT assembly including the  
TONER CARTRIDGE must be removed from the Printer and placed in  
the plastic bag.  
Failure to remove and place it in the plastic bag  
during shipping will cause severe damage to the Printer and will  
VOID THE WARRANTY.  
1 Remove the drum unit.  
2 Place it in the plastic bag and seal the  
bag completely.  
3 Remove the AC cord and the paper tray  
extension wire from the printer.  
Re-pack the printer.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Please read this manual thoroughly before using the printer.  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢁꢆꢇ ꢈꢅꢁꢆꢉꢁꢊꢋꢃꢅꢁ  
HL-800/1000 Series  
User’s Guide  
Keep this manual in a convenient place for quick and easy reference at all times.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INDEX ......................................................................................................................Index–1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Definitions of Warnings, Cautions, and Notes  
The following conventions are used in this User’s Guide:  
Warning  
Indicates warnings that must be observed to prevent possible  
personal injury.  
!
Caution  
Indicates cautions that must be observed to use the printer properly or  
prevent damage to the printer.  
Note  
Indicates notes and useful tips to remember when using the printer.  
To Use the Printer Safely  
Warning  
After you have just used the printer, some internal parts of the  
printer are extremely hot. When you open the top cover of the  
printer, never touch the shaded parts shown in the following  
illustration.  
High Temperature  
Inside the Printer  
Warning  
There are high voltage electrodes inside the printer. Before cleaning  
the printer, make sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the  
power cord from the power outlet.  
Turning off the Switch and Unplugging the Printer  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Shipment of the Printer  
If for any reason you must ship your Printer, carefully package the  
Printer to avoid any damage during transit. It is recommended that you  
save and use the original packaging. The Printer should also be  
adequately insured with the carrier.  
Warning  
When shipping the Printer, the DRUM UNIT assembly including the  
TONER CARTRIDGE must be removed from the Printer and placed in  
the plastic bag. Failure to remove and place it in the plastic bag  
during shipping will cause severe damage to the Printer and will  
VOID THE WARRANTY.  
1 Remove the drum unit.  
2 Place it in the plastic bag and seal the  
bag completely.  
3 Remove the AC cord and the extention  
wire of the paper tray from the printer.  
Re-pack the printer. See  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(For USA & CANADA Only)  
For technical and operational assistance, please call:  
In USA  
1-800-276-7746  
(outside California)  
714-859-9700 Ext. 329 (within California)  
1-800-853-6660  
In CANADA  
514-685-6464  
(within Montreal)  
If you have comments or suggestions, please write us at:  
In USA  
Printer Customer Support  
Brother International Corporation  
15 Musick  
Irvine, CA 92718  
In CANADA  
Brother International Corporation (Canada), Ltd.  
- Marketing Dept.  
1, rue Hôtel de Ville  
Dollard-des-Ormeaux, PQ, Canada H9B 3H6  
BBS  
For downloading drivers from our Bulletin Board Service, call:  
In USA  
In CANADA  
1-888-298-3616  
1-514-685-2040  
Please log on to our BBS with your first name, last name and a four digit  
number for your password. Our BBS supports modem speeds up to 14,400,  
8 bits no parity, 1 stop bit.  
Fax-Back System  
Brother Customer Service has installed an easy to use Fax-Back System so  
you can get instant answers to common technical questions and product  
information for all Brother products. This is available 24 hours a day, 7 days  
a week. You can use the system to send the information to any fax machine,  
not just the one you are calling from.  
Please call 1-800-521-2846 (USA) or 1-800-681-9838 (Canada) and follow  
the voice prompts to receive faxed instructions on how to use the system and  
your index of Fax-Back subjects.  
DEALERS/SERVICE CENTERS (USA only)  
For the name of an authorized dealer or service center, call 1-800-284-4357.  
SERVICE CENTERS (Canada only)  
For service center addresses in Canada, call 1-800-853-6660  
INTERNET ADDRESS  
For technical questions and downloading drivers: http://www.brother.com  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 1  
INTRODUCTION  
ABOUT THE GUIDEBOOKS  
Finding Out How to Use the Printer  
You have two guidebooks for this printer. Read each guidebook in the  
following order:  
1. Read the Quick Setup Guide to set up your printer and to ensure  
proper connection with your computer. It also contains information  
for installing the printer driver, fonts and Remote Printer Console  
Program. (HL-1040/1050 only)  
2. Read this On-line User’s Guide to get information about the  
following.  
1-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ABOUT YOUR PRINTER  
Paper Support  
Printer Overview  
Paper Guide  
Top Cover  
Extension Support Wire  
Fig. 1-1 Front View  
ON  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Parallel Interface Port  
Power Switch  
USB Port (HL-1050 Only)  
Power Cord  
Fig. 1-2 Rear View  
AC Inlet  
232C Slide Switch and DIP Switches for Serial setting is optionally  
available for the HL-1040/1050 series printers only. Some models may  
have this option pre-installed.  
1-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
System Requirements in Brother Printing Solution for Windows  
Check the following system requirements to setup and operate the printer  
in Brother Printing Solution for Windows:  
IBM PC or compatible with 80486 SX or higher microprocessor  
Parallel interface (or printer port)  
4 MB or more of memory (8 MB recommended)  
10 MB of space available on your hard disk for the printer driver and all  
fonts  
Microsoft Windows 95/98, 3.1/3.11 or Windows NT 4.0  
Caution  
!
The HL-820/1020 printer has been designed specifically for Windows  
95/98, 3.1/3.11 and Windows NT 4.0. It cannot work in a DOS  
environment such as MS-DOS.  
Features  
This printer has the following features:  
High Resolution and Fast Printing Speed  
HL-820 :  
True 600 dots per inch (dpi) with microfine toner and up to 8  
pages per minute (ppm) printing speed (A4 or Letter paper).  
HL-1020 :  
True 600 dots per inch (dpi) with microfine toner and up to 10  
pages per minute (ppm) printing speed (A4 or Letter paper).  
HL-1040 :  
True 600 dots per inch (dpi) with microfine toner and up to 10  
pages per minute (ppm) printing speed (A4 or Letter paper).  
HL-1050 :  
True 600 dots per inch (dpi) and 1200 x 600 dpi for graphics with  
microfine toner and up to 10 pages per minute (ppm) printing  
speed (A4 or Letter paper).  
The printer has a multi-purpose sheet feeder and straight paper path  
mechanism. Using this mechanism, you can load A4, letter, legal, B5,  
A5, A6 and executive sizes of paper, and various types of paper  
including envelopes, organizer paper, and your custom paper size.  
The multi-purpose sheet feeder also allows manual paper loading, so  
you can also use labels and transparencies.  
1-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Enhanced Printing Performance and User-Friendly Operation for  
Windows®  
The dedicated printer driver and TrueType-compatible fonts for  
Microsoft® Windows 95/98 and Windows 3.1 are available on the floppy  
disk and CD-ROM supplied with your printer. You can easily install  
them into your Windows system using our installer program. The  
driver supports our unique compression mode to enhance printing  
speed in Windows applications and allows you to choose various  
printer settings including toner saving mode, custom paper size, sleep  
mode, gray scale adjustment, resolution and so forth. You can easily  
set these print options through the Printer Setup Menu within the  
Windows Control Panel.  
(For HL-1040/1050 Only)  
Remote Printer Console Program for DOS  
The utility program, Remote Printer Console (RPC), is available on a  
floppy disk supplied with your printer. When you operate your  
computer in the DOS (Disk Operating System) environment, this  
program allows you to easily change the default settings of the printer  
such as fonts, page setup, emulations and so on.  
This program also provides a status monitor program, which is a  
Terminate-and-Stay Resident (TSR) program. It can monitor the  
printer status while running in the background and report the current  
status or errors on your computer screen.  
(For HL-1040/1050 Only)  
Popular Printer Emulation Support  
These printers support the following popular printer emulation modes.  
The HL-1040 supports HP LaserJet IIP, Epson FX-850, and IBM  
Proprinter XL.  
The HL-1050 supports HP LaserJet 6P/6L, Epson FX-850 and IBM  
Proprinter XL. When you use DOS application software or Windows  
version 3.0 or earlier, you can use any of these emulations to operate  
the printer. The printer also supports auto-emulation switching  
between HP and Epson or HP and IBM. If you want to select the  
printer emulation, you can do it using the Remote Printer Console  
Program.  
1-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Printer Status Monitor with Bi-directional Parallel Interface  
The printer driver can monitor your printer’s status using bi-  
directional parallel communications. A high quality bi-directional  
parallel printer cable is recommended.  
The printer status monitor program can show the current status of  
your printer. When printing, the animated dialog box appears on your  
computer screen to show the current printing process. If an error  
occurs, a dialog box will appear to let you know what to correct. For  
example: when your printer is out of paper, the dialog box will display  
“Paper Empty” and instructions for the proper corrective action.  
(For HL-1050 Only)  
USB Interface  
The Universal Serial Bus Interface is an interface which allows the  
printer to connect to multiple peripheral devices.  
(For HL-1050 Only)  
High Resolution Control & Advanced Photoscale Technology  
High resolution control (HRC) technology provides clear and crisp  
printouts. Use this function to get smooth text print quality.  
Advanced Photoscale Technology enables the printer to print graphics  
in 256 grayscales, producing nearly photographic quality. Use this  
function when you want to print photographic images.  
(For HL-1040/1050 Only)  
An optional Apple Macintosh serial interface is available, which  
allows your printer to be connected to Apple Macintosh computers.  
With this option, you can use your printer with both an IBM PC, or  
compatible, and an Apple Macintosh at the same time. This optional  
interface board can be used as an RS-422A interface for Macintosh or  
an RS-232C serial interface for an IBM PC or compatible.  
Enhanced Memory Management  
The printer provides its own data compression technology in the  
printer hardware and the supplied printer driver software, which can  
automatically compress graphic data and font data efficiently into the  
printer’s memory. You can avoid memory errors and print most full  
page 600 dpi graphic and text data, including larger fonts, with the  
printer’s standard memory.  
1-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Environment-Friendly  
Economy Printing Mode  
This feature will cut your printing cost by saving toner. It is useful to  
obtain draft copies for proof-reading. You can select from two  
economy modes—25% toner saving and 50% toner saving—through  
the Windows printer driver supplied with your printer.  
When the printer is not used for a certain amount of time, sleep mode  
automatically reduces power consumption. The printer consumes less  
than 13 W when in sleep mode.  
Low Running Cost  
Since the toner cartridge is separate from the drum unit, you need to  
replace only the toner cartridge after approximately 2,400 pages,  
which is cost effective and ecologically friendly. (Some models are  
supplied with a starter toner cartridge which must be replaced  
after 1,000 pages.)  
The actual number of pages printed with each toner cartridge may  
vary depending on your average type of print job.  
1-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
OPERATING AND STORAGE ENVIRONMENT  
Please take note of the following before using the printer.  
Power Supply  
Use the printer within the specified power range.  
AC power: ±10% of the rated power voltage in your country  
Frequency: 50/60 Hz (220 V– 240 V) or 50/60 Hz (110–120 V)  
The power cord, including extensions, should not exceed 5 meters (16.5  
feet).  
Do not share the same power circuit with other high-power appliances,  
particularly an air conditioner, copier, shredder and so on. If it is  
unavoidable that you must use the printer with these appliances, it is  
recommended that you use an isolation transformer or a high-frequency  
noise filter.  
Use a voltage regulator if the power source is not stable.  
Environment  
The printer should be installed near a power outlet, which is easily  
accessible.  
Use the printer only within the following ranges of temperature and  
humidity.  
Ambient temperature: 10°C to 32.5°C (50°F to 90.5°F)  
Ambient humidity:  
20% to 80% (without condensation)  
The printer should be used in a well ventilation room.  
Place the printer on a flat, horizontal surface.  
Keep the printer clean. Do not place the printer in a dusty place.  
Do not place the printer where the ventilation hole of the printer is  
blocked.  
Do not place the printer where it is exposed to direct sunlight. Use a blind  
or a heavy curtain to protect the printer from direct sunlight when the  
printer is unavoidably set up near a window.  
Do not place the printer near devices that contain magnets or generate  
magnetic fields.  
1-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Do not subject the printer to strong physical shocks or vibrations.  
Do not expose the printer to open flames or salty or corrosive gasses.  
Do not place objects on top of the printer.  
Do not place the printer near an air conditioner.  
Keep the printer horizontal when carrying.  
Do not cover the slots in the top cover.  
1-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 2 PAPER HANDLING  
CHAPTER 2  
PAPER HANDLING  
PAPER SPECIFICATIONS  
The printer can handle paper that has the following specifications.  
Paper Type  
Cut sheet  
Paper Size  
A4, Letter, Legal, B5(JIS/ISO), A5, A6, Executive, Custom  
size (70-216 x 127-356 mm, 2.75-8.5 x 5-14 inches)  
DL, C5, COM-10, Monarch, 9” x 12”  
Envelopes  
Organizer  
Day-Timer® J, K, L  
(70-216 x 127-356 mm, 2.75-8.5 x 5-11 inches)  
A4, Letter (70-216 x 127-356 mm, 2.75-8.5 x 5-14 inches)  
Labels and  
Transparencies  
Paper Capacity in Feeder  
Multi-purpose Sheet Feeder:  
A4/Letter paper: Up to 22 mm (0.87 inch) in height (up to the mark)  
Approx. 200 sheets of 75 g/m2 (20 lb.)  
30 sheets of 157 g/m2 (42 lb.) A4/Letter paper  
Legal paper:  
Envelopes, Organizer:10 sheets  
Output Tray:  
Approx. 100 sheets of 75 g/m2 (20 lb.) A4/Letter  
paper  
100 sheets  
Cut Sheet  
Envelope  
Basis Weight  
Caliper  
60 to 157 g/m2  
(16 to 42 lb.)  
75 to 90 g/m2 (20 to 24 lb.)  
single thickness  
0.03 to 0.08 in.  
(0.08 to 0.2 mm)  
0.0033 to 0.0058 in.  
(0.084 to 0.14 mm)  
single thickness  
Moisture Content  
4% to 6% by weight  
4% to 6% by weight  
Recommended paper  
Cut sheet: Xerox 4200  
(in USA) / Xerox 80 Premier Paper (in Europe)  
or equivalent  
Label:  
Avery laser label or equivalent  
Transparency: 3M CG3300 or equivalent  
2-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
USER’S GUIDE  
Remarks  
It is recommended that you test paper, especially special sizes and types  
of paper and heavy paper, on this printer before purchasing large  
quantities.  
Avoid using coated paper, such as vinyl coated paper.  
Avoid using preprinted or highly textured paper.  
Use a recommended type of paper, especially plain paper and  
transparencies, for optimum printing. For more information on paper  
specifications, consult your nearest authorized sales representative or the  
place you purchased your printer.  
If the paper has problems feeding from the multi-purpose sheet feeder,  
use the manual feed slot and try again.  
Use neutral paper. Do not use acid paper to avoid any damage to the  
printer drum unit.  
You can use recycled paper in this printer.  
Make sure to select the appropriate media type in the printer driver for  
optimum printing.  
The print quality might be degraded or the life of drum unit might be  
shortened with the following usage.  
ꢀꢁ Using paper with narrower width than A4/Letter continuously  
ꢀꢁ Using the printer for a special job (i.e. printing of name cards etc.)  
Cut Sheet  
We recommend you use long-grained paper for the best print quality.  
If you are using short-grained paper, it could be the cause of paper jams.  
Labels / Transparencies  
Avoid feeding labels with carrier sheets exposed, or your printer will be  
damaged.  
We recommend you use label or transparencies which are designed for  
use in laser printers.  
2-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 2 PAPER HANDLING  
Special Paper  
Before using paper with holes such as organizer sheets, you must fan the  
stack well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds.  
Do not use organizer sheets that are stuck together. The paste used might  
cause damage to the printer.  
Before using any paper, make sure that it is not curled. If it is, you should  
straighten the paper as much as possible. Feeding curled paper can cause  
paper jams and misfeeds.  
Fig. 2-1 Fan the Paper and  
Straighten the Paper  
The printer can handle 9” width paper. However, you may get stains on  
the paper outside 8.5” width or on the back of the paper.  
If different types of paper are loaded at the same time in the feeder, it  
may cause paper jams or mis-feeds.  
2-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USER’S GUIDE  
Envelopes  
The following types of envelopes are not recommended for use.  
Damaged, curled, wrinkled, or irregularly shaped envelopes  
Extremely shiny or highly textured envelopes  
Envelopes with clasps  
Envelopes with self-adhesive closures  
Envelopes of baggy construction  
Envelopes not sharply creased  
Embossed envelopes  
Envelopes already printed by a laser printer  
Envelopes pre-printed on the inside  
Envelopes that cannot be arranged uniformly when placed in a pile  
Fig. 2-2 Envelopes  
Printable Area The figure below shows the physically printable area.  
(Except 9”x12” envelope)  
Unprintable area  
Approximately 4 mm(0.16 inch) for any sizes of paper  
Fig. 2-3 Printable Area  
2-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
CHAPTER 2 PAPER HANDLING  
MULTI-PURPOSE SHEET FEEDER  
The printer has a multi-purpose sheet feeder that can feed plain paper,  
envelopes, transparencies and organizer paper.  
To use the multi-purpose sheet feeder, follow these steps:  
1. Make sure that you have selected the proper paper source, paper size,  
media type and orientation.  
Note  
You may select the proper paper source, paper size, and orientation in  
your application software.  
If your application software does not support your custom paper size,  
select the next paper size up that is closest but larger than the custom  
size. Then adjust the print area by changing the right and left margins  
in your application software.  
2. Make sure that the multi-purpose sheet feeder contains the selected  
size of paper in the selected orientation. If necessary, change the paper  
in the feeder.  
3. Send your file or document to the printer.  
When the printer receives data, it begins the print process by loading  
paper from the multi-purpose sheet feeder. If the printer is in sleep  
mode when it receives data, it will wake up and start the printing  
process automatically.  
2-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
USER’S GUIDE  
Loading Paper into the Feeder  
To load paper into the feeder, follow these steps.  
1. Open the multi-purpose sheet feeder by gently pulling the lid forward  
towards you. ( )  
2. Load paper into the multi-purpose sheet feeder with the printing  
surface face down. ( )  
Caution  
!
The feeder can hold up to 200 sheets of plain paper (75 g/m2, 20 lb.).  
If you load too many sheets, paper jams could occur.  
Make sure that the paper is stacked below the mark.  
If there is still some paper in the feeder, you must first remove it, put  
it together with the new paper and then insert the stack in the feeder.  
Fig. 2-4 Opening the Feeder and  
Loading Paper or Envelopes in the Feeder  
Note  
If you load envelopes in the feeder, make sure they are inserted in the  
direction shown above.  
2-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CHAPTER 2 PAPER HANDLING  
3. Move the paper guide to the paper width. ( )  
Caution  
!
Failure to set the paper guide to the paper size may cause paper skew or  
jams.  
4. Close the multi-purpose sheet feeder. ( )  
Fig. 2-5 Moving the Paper Guide  
and Closing the Feeder  
Note  
If the multi-purpose sheet feeder runs out of paper when you try to print,  
the Alarm and Paper lamps blink to alert you to a paper empty error.  
You have to load paper in the feeder and push the panel switch to cancel  
the alarm and continue printing. If paper jams in the printer, the Alarm  
and Paper lamps also blink. If the error is a paper jam, clear it referring  
2-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USER’S GUIDE  
Two Side Printing (Manual Duplexing)  
The supplied printer driver for Windows 95/98 or Windows 3.1 enables  
manual duplex printing. For more information about settings, see the help  
text in the printer driver.  
The printer prints all the even numbered pages on one side of the paper  
first, and then prints all the odd pages on the reverse side of the paper.  
When you have finished printing the even numbered sides of the paper,  
the driver instructs you to re-insert the paper by a pop-up message on the  
computer screen. Follow the instructions on how to reinsert the paper.  
Note  
Before re-inserting the sheets, you have to straighten them, or you will  
get paper errors.  
The use of very thin or very thick paper is not recommended.  
If you encounter a double feeding error, we recommend that you hold  
all sheets of paper except the front sheet while the paper is feeding.  
Fig. 2-6 Notes for Manual Duplexing  
Note  
When you use the Manual Duplex function, it is possible that paper jams  
may occur or print quality might not be satisfactory.  
2-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
CHAPTER 2 PAPER HANDLING  
MANUAL FEED SLOT  
The multi-purpose sheet feeder also has a manual feed slot. You can  
manually load paper sheet by sheet from this slot. You do not need to  
remove paper from the multi-purpose sheet feeder when using the manual  
feed slot.  
When you load one sheet of paper manually:  
You do not need to choose manual feed in the Setup dialog box of  
your printer driver. Holding the selected size of paper in the selected  
orientation (Portrait or Landscape), place the side of the paper you  
wish to print on face down into the manual feed slot. Align the paper  
at the center of the manual feed slot, and be sure to insert it all the  
way until the top edge of the paper (or envelope) strikes the bottom of  
the manual feed slot to avoid paper mis-feeding. ( ) Move the  
paper guide of the manual feed slot to the paper width you are using. ()  
Fig. 2-7 Moving the Paper Guide  
When you load more than one sheet of paper manually:  
Open the Setup dialog box of the supplied Windows printer driver and  
choose Manual Feed in the Paper Source section. Follow the above  
instructions to load the first page. The printer automatically starts  
printing. After the first page is printed, the dialog box appears and  
prompts you to load the next page. Load a sheet and choose OK to  
resume printing. Repeat these steps until you have finished printing all  
the pages.  
Caution  
!
If bi-directional communication is not operational between the printer and  
the computer, such as when the printer is shared on a network, the dialog  
box will not appear to load the next page. Manual paper feeding is not  
recommended when your printer is attached to a network.  
2-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
USER’S GUIDE  
Note  
Insert paper firmly into the manual feed slot.  
Be sure to load sheet by sheet when using the manual feed slot.  
2-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 2 PAPER HANDLING  
OUTPUT TRAY AND PAPER SUPPORT WIRE  
The printer ejects paper with printed surfaces face down into the output  
tray at the front of the printer.  
When the output tray is closed, the ejected paper comes out sheet by sheet  
through the slit at the front. When you open the tray, sheets can be  
stacked on the tray.  
Follow these steps to open the output tray:  
1. Pull the top of the tray down ().  
2. Extend the extension support wire ().  
Fig. 2-8 Opening the Output Tray and  
Extending the Extension Support Wire  
You can stack up to 100 sheets in the output tray.  
Caution  
!
When you use transparencies, remove each sheet immediately after  
printing. Stacking sheets may cause paper curled or paper jam.  
Continuous printing with the output tray closed may cause  
condensation inside the output tray.  
2-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CHAPTER 3 CONTROL PANEL  
CHAPTER 3  
CONTROL PANEL  
LAMPS AND SWITCH  
This section refers to the following lamps and switch on the printer  
control panel.  
Drum  
Alarm  
Ready  
Paper  
Data  
Toner  
Fig. 3-1 Lamps and Switch on Control Panel  
Note  
When the power switch is off or the printer is in sleep mode, all lamps  
including the Ready lamp are off.  
Ready (Paper) Lamp  
The Ready lamp indicates the current status of the printer.  
Lamp  
Off  
Printer status  
The power switch is off or the printer is in sleep  
mode. If the printer is in sleep mode, it will wake  
up automatically when it receives data or you  
press the control panel switch.  
The printer is warming up.  
(Blinking at 1 second intervals)  
Blinking  
●  
The printer is cooling down and stops printing  
until the printers internal temperature lowers.  
(Blinking at 2 seconds intervals)  
Blinking  
●  
The printer is ready to print.  
On  
This lamp also works as the Paper lamp with the Alarm lamp. They  
blink simultaneously to indicate a paper error. See “Operator Calls”  
3-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
USER’S GUIDE  
Data (Toner) Lamp  
The Data lamp indicates the current status of the print data process.  
Lamp  
Printer status  
The printer has no print data.  
Off  
The printer is receiving data from the computer or  
the printer is processing data in memory.  
Blinking  
●  
On  
Print data remains in the printer memory. If the  
Data lamp is on for a long period of time and  
nothing has printed, you need to press the switch  
to print the remaining data.  
This lamp also works as the Toner lamp with the Alarm lamp. They  
blink simultaneously to indicate a toner error. See “REPLACING THE  
Drum Lamp  
The Drum lamp indicates the drum unit is nearly at the end of its life.  
Lamp  
Off  
Printer status  
The drum unit can be used.  
The drum unit is nearly at the end of its life.  
On  
Alarm Lamp  
The Alarm lamp blinks to indicate a printer error status such as “COVER  
OPEN” and “MEMORY FULL.” If any other error occurs, the printer  
indicates the error by blinking the Alarm lamp with another lamp or by  
printing an error report.  
Note  
The Ready, Data and Drum lamps are used to indicate printer errors  
3-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
CHAPTER 3 CONTROL PANEL  
Switch  
This switch will be used for the following purpose depending on the  
situation.  
Cancel printing  
If you press the switch during printing, the printer immediately stops  
printing and ejects the paper.  
Wake-up  
If the printer is in sleep mode, pressing the switch wakes it up into the  
ready state.  
Form Feed  
If the Data lamp is on, press the switch. The printer prints any data  
remaining in the printer memory: this operation is called “Form Feed.”  
Error Recovery  
If an error occurs, the printer will recover from some errors  
automatically. If the error does not clear automatically, press the switch  
to clear the error and continue printer operation.  
Other Control Features  
The printer has the following useful features:  
Sleep Mode  
When the printer does not receive data for a certain period of time (time-  
out), it enters sleep mode. Sleep mode acts as though the printer was  
turned off. The default time-out is 5 minutes. While the printer is in sleep  
mode, all the lamps are off and it is as if it was turned off, but the printer  
can still receive data from the computer. Receiving a print file or  
document automatically wakes up the printer to start printing. Pressing  
the switch also wakes up the printer.  
Note  
When the printer goes into sleep mode, the fan will not stop until the  
printer engine has cooled down.  
Sleep mode allows the print engine to cool, so the temperature of your  
room and how long the printer has been in sleep mode affects the  
warm-up time. This warm-up time can take up to 30 seconds. The  
Ready lamp blinks to indicate that the printer is warming up.  
You can change the time out for the sleep mode with the supplied  
printer driver (all models) or Remote Printer Console program (HL-  
1040/1050 only). Refer to the Help section in the printer driver or  
RPC program for more information about the sleep mode setting.  
3-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
USER’S GUIDE  
Test Print Mode  
The printer has the following test print mode. Follow these steps:  
1. Make sure that the top cover is closed.  
2. Hold down the switch and turn on the power switch. Keep the  
switch depressed until the Drum lamp comes on.  
The Drum lamp lights to indicate that the printer is in the test print  
mode.  
3. Press the switch again to execute the test print or hold down the  
switch to select another option and release the switch to execute the  
selected option.  
The test print mode varies depending upon the printer model as  
follows:  
Lamp Lit  
Choice  
Function  
Drum  
Test sample page  
The printer prints a test sample page.  
The printer returns to the ready status after  
printing.  
Alarm  
Print Config & Print The printer prints the current configuration of  
Fonts I  
the printer and a list of the internal fonts.  
The printer returns to the ready status after  
printing. (HL-1040/1050 only)  
Ready  
Data  
Factory Reset  
The printer is restored to the factory setting and  
permanent fonts and macros are cleared.  
The printer returns to the ready status after  
printing. (HL-1040/1050 only)  
Hex Dump Print  
The printer can print data as hexadecimal values,  
so that you can check data errors and problems.  
To exit from this mode, you have to turn off the  
printer. (HL-1040/1050 only)  
3-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
CHAPTER 4 OPTIONS  
CHAPTER 4  
OPTIONS  
SERIAL INTERFACE BOARD RS-100M (For HL-1040/1050  
Only)  
To connect the printer to a DOS computer with a serial interface or to an  
Apple Macintosh computer, you need to install the optional serial  
interface board. When you have installed the serial interface board, you  
can share the printer between two computers (two IBM compatible PCs  
or one IBM compatible PC and one Apple Macintosh) using the parallel  
and serial interfaces at the same time. Automatic interface selection is a  
standard feature.  
Note  
The serial interface board for this printer is optional, but in some  
countries the serial interface board may have been installed by either  
the factory or dealer.  
The serial interface for Apple Macintosh (RS-422A) will only print at  
300 dpi.  
The serial interface board is installed onto the main controller board  
inside the printer. For the details about installation, see the instruction  
guide which was provided with the serial interface board.  
Selecting the RS-422A (Apple) or RS-232C (IBM) Serial Interface  
Note  
This section is only for printer models which have had the serial interface  
installed.  
Caution  
!
Be sure to select the serial interface type to match your computer as  
follows:  
For Apple Macintosh computers: you should not have to change any  
settings because the Apple (RS-422A) setting is factory selected  
(default).  
For IBM compatible PCs you should move the switch to the IBM  
(RS-232C) setting.  
If you are using an Apple Macintosh on the RS-422A port and an  
IBM compatible PC on the parallel port, it is not necessary to make  
any changes to the switch setting.  
4-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
USER’S GUIDE  
If necessary, select the interface type as follows:  
1. Make sure that the printer is in the off-line state.  
2. Select the RS-422A(Apple) or RS-232C(IBM) interface by changing  
the serial interface slide switch to the right for IBM(RS-232C) or to  
the left side for Apple(RS-422A).  
Fig. 4-1 Selecting the RS-422A (Apple) or RS-232C (IBM) Serial Interface  
Setting the Serial Interface Parameters  
Note  
This section is only for printer models which have had the serial interface  
installed.  
Caution  
!
Be sure to set the parameters to match your computer as follows:  
Never change the RS-422A parameters for Apple Macintosh  
computers. Because the RS-422A parameters have been correctly set  
at the factory for Apple Macintosh computers, you do not need to  
change the settings. You may skip this section. If you change  
parameters for the RS-232C serial interface and you switch back to  
RS-422A for Apple Macintosh computers, be sure to restore the  
parameters to the factory settings.  
Set the RS-232C parameters to match your computer. You can set  
serial settings in several different places, within your DOS  
application, within the Windows Printer Icon (for Windows  
application software only), or within your AUTOEXEC.BAT file  
using MODE commands. For information on serial interface  
parameters, see the user’s guide of your computer or software.  
4-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
CHAPTER 4 OPTIONS  
If necessary, set the serial interface parameters as follow:  
1. Make sure that the printer is in the off-line state.  
2. Set the serial interface parameters by moving up (on) or down (off)  
the selectors of the dual in-line package (DIP) switch.  
ON  
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8  
Fig. 4-2 Setting the Serial Interface Parameters  
Table 1: Serial Interface Parameters Settings  
Selector  
Parameters  
Baud Rate  
Baud Rate  
Data Length  
Stop Bit  
Parity  
Parity  
Protocol  
Robust Xon  
On (up)  
Off (down)  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
See Table 2. —  
See Table 2. —  
7 bits  
2 bits  
See Table 3. —  
See Table 3. —  
8 bits  
1 bit  
Xon/Xoff + DTR  
On  
DTR only  
Off  
Table 2: Baud Rate Settings  
Selector 1  
Off  
Selector 2  
Off  
For RS-422A  
57600  
For RS-232C  
9600  
On  
Off  
9600  
4800  
Off  
On  
1200  
1200  
On  
On  
19200  
19200  
4-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
USER’S GUIDE  
Table 3: Parity Settings  
Selector 5  
On  
Selector 6  
On  
Parity  
Odd  
On  
Off  
Off  
Even  
None  
Note  
The factory settings are indicated in bold.  
If the robust Xon setting is turned on with selector 8, the printer sends  
Xon signals at one second intervals to the connected computer until it  
receives data. It is effective only if selector 7 is set to the On position  
for the Xon/Xoff plus DTR setting.  
Connecting the Serial Interface Cable  
Note  
This section is only for printer models which have had the serial interface  
installed.  
You need a serial interface cable with an 8-pin, DIN-type connector to  
connect your printer and computer.  
Note  
Consult your dealer for a serial interface cable.  
If you are a Macintosh user, you can easily find the necessary cable at  
a local computer store. Look for Apple serial cables labeled as  
“Macintosh to ImageWriter II or “Macintosh to Personal  
LaserWriter 300” or the “Apple System Peripheral 8 Cable”. Do not  
purchase a serial cable labeled as “Straight-through” or  
“LocalTalk.”  
If you are a PC user, you need to purchase a special serial cable from  
your dealer. If you have a 9-pin connector on your computer, look for  
a cable labeled “IBM AT to ImageWriter II” cable. If you have a 25-  
pin connector, look for a cable labeled “DB25 to ImageWriter II.”  
These cables most likely would be found in the Apple Macintosh  
section at your computer dealer. For more information about the  
interface specification, consult your dealer.  
4-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
CHAPTER 4 OPTIONS  
You can connect a parallel and a serial interface cable at the same time.  
The auto interface selection function allows you to share the printer with  
two computers. To do this, connect the parallel interface cable and then  
connect the serial interface cable as follows:  
1. Make sure that the power switch is turned off.  
Caution  
!
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting  
the interface cables, or the printer may be damaged.  
2. Insert and secure the parallel interface connector into the parallel  
interface port of your printer.  
3. Insert and secure the serial interface connector into the serial interface  
port of your printer.  
4. Turn on the power switch.  
4-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USER’S GUIDE  
ADDITIONAL MEMORY (HL-1050 Only)  
The HL-820/1020/1040 printers have 2 Mbyte of standard memory and  
additional memory cannot be fitted.  
The HL-1050 printer has 4 Mbyte of standard memory and a slot for  
optional additional memory. The memory can be expanded up to 36  
Mbytes total by installing a commercially available single in-line memory  
module (SIMM).  
Note  
The HL-820/1020/1040 machine memory cannot be expanded.  
Additional memory is useful and may be necessary if you are using the  
Page Protection function.  
Minimum Memory Recommendation (including resident memory)  
Page Protect = AUTO or Off  
300 dpi  
2 MB  
2 MB  
600 dpi  
2 MB  
2 MB  
Letter/A4  
Legal  
Page Protect = Letter, A4, or Legal  
300 dpi  
2 MB  
3 MB  
600 dpi  
6 MB  
6 MB  
Letter/A4  
Legal  
The following types of SIMM are recommended and can be installed:  
1 Mbyte  
2 Mbytes  
4 Mbytes  
8 Mbytes  
HITACHI HB56D25632B-6A, -7A  
HITACHI HB56D51232B-6A, -7A  
HITACHI HB56A132BV-7A, -7AL, -7B, -7BL  
HITACHI HB56A232BT-7A, -7AL, -7B, -7BL  
16 Mbytes HITACHI HB56A432BR-6A, -7A  
32 Mbytes HITACHI HB56A832BS-6A, -7A  
This printer can accept memory SIMMS with the following  
specifications:  
Speed  
60 nsec - 80 nsec  
72 pin  
35.00 mm (1.38”) or less  
32 bit or 36 bit  
Pin Type  
Height  
Output  
4-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CHAPTER 4 OPTIONS  
Note  
The HL-1050 can also support DIB graphics with a resolution of 1200 x  
600 dpi under Windows 95/98/3.1 with the supplied printer driver.  
We recommend to expand the printer memory to avoid any memory full  
error.  
Note  
The printer has only one slot for a SIMM upgrade. If you want to increase  
your printer memory again after you have already installed a SIMM  
module into the slot, you will need to remove the previously installed  
SIMM first. For example if you had previously increased the printer  
memory from the standard 4MB to 12MB by adding an 8MB SIMM and  
you wish to increase your total memory to 36 MB, you need to remove  
the installed 8MB SIMM and install a new 32MB SIMM into the printer.  
Installing the SIMM  
To install the SIMM, follow these steps:  
1. Turn off the power switch and unplug the AC cord from the AC  
outlet. Disconnect the interface cable (printer cable) from the printer.  
Fig.  
Unplug the AC Cord  
4-3  
and Disconnect the Interface Cable  
Caution  
!
Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the AC cord to the  
printer before installing or removing the SIMM to/from the main  
controller board.  
4-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USER’S GUIDE  
2. Unscrew the screws securing the rear plate of the main controller  
board to the printer and pull out the main controller board.  
Fig.  
Removing the Main Controller Board  
4-4  
3. Unpack the SIMM and hold it by its edge.  
Caution  
!
SIMM boards may be damaged by even a small amount of static  
electricity. Do not touch the memory chips or the board surface. When  
handling the board and before installing or removing it, wear an antistatic  
wrist strap, or frequently touch the surface of the antistatic package or  
bare metal on the printer.  
4. Install the SIMM into the slot and push it gently towares the vertical  
until it clicks into place.  
Fig.  
Install the SIMM  
4-5  
4-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 4 OPTIONS  
5. Install the main controller board into the printer by sliding it into the  
guide rails.  
6. Secure the main controller board with the four screws.  
7. Reconnect the interface cable (printer cable) from your computer.  
Plug the power cord into the AC outlet and turn on the power switch.  
8. To check that the SIMM is installed correctly, you may perform a Test  
Print “Print Configuration” which will print the current total memory  
size.  
4-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 5 MAINTENANCE  
CHAPTER 5  
MAINTENANCE  
REPLACING THE TONER CARTRIDGE  
The printer can print approximately 2,400 pages (5% coverage:  
A4/Letter) with one toner cartridge. When the toner cartridge is running  
low, the Alarm and Data (Toner) lamps blink once every 5 seconds to  
indicate toner low. Initially, some models are supplied with a starter  
toner cartridge which must be replaced after 1,000 pages.  
Note  
Actual page count will vary depending on your average document  
type. (i.e.: standard letter, detailed graphics, etc.)  
It is recommended that you always keep a new toner cartridge ready  
for use for when you get the toner low warning.  
Discard the used toner cartridge according to local regulations. If you  
are not sure of them, consult your local dealer. Be sure to seal up the  
toner cartridge tightly so that toner powder does not spill out of the  
cartridge. Do not discard used toner cartridges together with domestic  
rubbish.  
It is recommended that you clean the printer when you replace the  
Drum  
Alarm  
Ready  
Paper  
Data  
Toner  
Fig. 5-1 Toner Low and Empty Indication  
Caution  
!
You may print approximately 100 pages after the first toner low  
indication. Both Alarm and Data (Toner) lamps will blink continuously  
to indicate that the toner is empty. Once this indication appears, your  
printer cannot resume printing until you have installed a new toner  
cartridge.  
5-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
USER’S GUIDE  
Caution  
!
Keep the drum unit level after removing the toner cartridge, to avoid  
possible toner spill or scatter.  
Follow these steps to replace the toner cartridge:  
1. Open the top cover towards you. Remove the drum unit by holding  
each side of the drum and gently lifting the drum forwards towards  
you.  
Fig. 5-2 Removing the Drum Unit  
Note  
It is recommended to put the drum unit on a piece of disposable paper or  
cloth in case of accidental toner spill or scatter.  
5-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 5 MAINTENANCE  
Warning  
After you have just used the printer, some internal parts of the  
printer are extremely hot. When you open the top cover of the  
printer, never touch the shaded parts shown in the following  
illustration.  
High Temperature  
Fig. 5-3 Inside the Printer  
2. Gently turn the lever on the toner cartridge forward until it stops.  
Note  
The toner cartridge cannot be removed unless the shutter is completely  
closed by turning the lever fully to the front.  
Fig. 5-4 Turning the Lever to Close the Shutter  
5-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USER’S GUIDE  
3. Remove the old toner cartridge from the drum unit by pulling it out  
gently.  
Fig. 5-5 Removing the Old Toner Cartridge  
Caution  
!
Handle the toner cartridge carefully. If toner scatters on your hands or  
clothes, wipe or wash it off with cold water immediately.  
4. Unpack the new toner cartridge, gently shake it five or six times and  
then remove the protective part.  
Caution  
!
Only unpack the toner cartridge immediately before installing it into  
the printer. If toner cartridges are left unpacked for a long period of  
time, the toner life is shortened.  
You can only use a Brother genuine toner cartridge (TN-300  
series) which is specially formulated to ensure top print quality.  
Using another brand of toner cartridge could void your printer’s  
warranty.  
Fig. 5-6 Shaking the Toner Cartridge  
and Remove the Protective Part  
5-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 5 MAINTENANCE  
5. Install the new toner cartridge into the right hand side of the drum  
unit. Make sure that the toner cartridge guide bar is exactly aligned  
with the guide slot in the drum unit and pushed fully home into the  
drum unit to ensure that the toner cartridge and the drum unit fit  
together correctly.  
Fig. 5-7 Installing the Toner Cartridge  
into the Drum Unit  
6. Gently turn the lever on the toner cartridge backward until it stops.  
Fig. 5-8 Turning the Lever to Open the Shutter  
7. Turn the drum unit upside down gently.  
5-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USER’S GUIDE  
8. Clean the primary corona wire inside the drum unit by gently sliding  
the blue tab to the right and left several times.  
Home Position ()  
Fig. 5-9 Cleaning the Primary Corona Wire  
9. Re-install the drum unit into the printer and close the top cover.  
Fig. 5-10 Close the top cover  
5-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 5 MAINTENANCE  
REPLACING THE DRUM UNIT  
The printer uses a drum unit to create the print images on paper. If the  
Drum lamp is on, it indicates the drum unit is nearly at the end of its life.  
We recommend you prepare a new drum unit to replace the current one.  
Even if the Drum lamp is on, you may be able to continue to print  
without replacing the drum unit for a while. If there is a noticeable  
deterioration in the output print quality even before the Drum lamp  
lights, then the drum unit should be replaced.  
Drum  
Alarm  
Ready  
Paper  
Data  
Toner  
Fig. 5-11 Drum Unit Nearly at the End of its Life  
Caution  
!
When removing the drum unit, handle it carefully as it may contain  
toner.  
You should clean the printer when you replace the drum unit. See  
Note  
The drum unit is a consumable, and it is necessary to replace it  
periodically.  
There are many factors that determine the actual drum life, such as  
temperature, humidity, type of paper and toner that you use, the number  
of pages per print job, etc.. The drum life is estimated at approximately  
20,000 pages at 20 pages per job and 8,000 pages at 1 page per job. The  
actual number of pages that your drum will print may be significantly less  
than these estimates. Because we have no control over the many factors  
that determine the actual drum life, we cannot guarantee a minimum  
number of pages that will be printed by your drum.  
For best performance, use only genuine Brother toner, and the product  
should only be used in a clean, dust-free environment with adequate  
ventilation.  
5-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
USER’S GUIDE  
Follow these steps to replace the drum unit:  
1. Open the top cover towards you. Remove the old drum unit.  
Fig. 5-12 Removing the Drum Unit  
Warning  
After you have just used the printer, some internal parts of the  
printer are extremely hot. When you open the top cover of the  
printer, never touch the shaded parts shown in the following  
illustration.  
High Temperature  
Fig. 5-13 Inside the Printer  
2. Remove the toner cartridge from the drum unit and keep it in a safe  
Note  
Discard the used drum unit according to local regulations. If you are  
not sure of them, consult your local dealer/retailer. Be sure to seal up  
the drum unit tightly so that toner powder does not spill out of the  
unit. Do not discard used drum units together with domestic rubbish.  
It is recommended to put the drum unit on a piece of disposable paper  
or cloth in case of accidental toner spill or scatter.  
5-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 5 MAINTENANCE  
Fig. 5-14 Removing the Toner Cartridge  
3. Unpack the drum unit and gently shake it five or six times  
horizontally.  
Fig. 5-15 Shaking the Drum Unit  
Caution  
Do not remove the starter sheet.  
!
Starter Sheet  
Fig. 5-16 Do Not Remove the Starter Sheet  
Only unpack a drum unit immediately before installing it into the  
printer. If an unpacked drum unit is subjected to excessive direct  
sunlight or room light, the unit may be damaged.  
Handle the toner cartridge and the drum unit carefully as it contains  
toner. If toner scatters and your hands or clothes get dirty, wipe or  
wash it off with cold water immediately.  
5-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
USER’S GUIDE  
4. Install the toner cartridge into the new drum unit. For more  
5. Install the new drum unit into the printer.  
Fig. 5-17 Installing the Drum Unit  
6. Close the top cover.  
7. The printer automatically ejects the starter sheet. Ejecting this sheet  
resets the drum life alarm.  
Starter Sheet  
Fig. 5-18 Ejecting the Starter Sheet  
5-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 5 MAINTENANCE  
CLEANING THE PRINTER  
Clean the printer exterior and interior periodically. If printed pages get  
stained with toner, clean the printer interior and drum unit.  
Cleaning the Printer Exterior  
Clean the printer exterior as follows:  
1. Turn off the power switch and unplug the power cord.  
Warning  
There are high voltage electrodes inside the printer. Before cleaning  
the printer, make sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the  
power cord from the power outlet  
Fig. 5-19 Turning off the Switch and Unplugging  
2. Remove the paper in the multi-purpose sheet feeder.  
3. Use a damp cloth for cleaning.  
Caution  
!
Use water or neutral detergents for cleaning. Cleaning with volatile  
liquids such as thinners or benzene will damage the surface of the printer.  
4. Wipe dirt and dust away from the printer exterior and feeder with a  
cloth.  
5. Load paper into the multi-purpose sheet feeder, and plug in the power  
cord.  
5-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
USER’S GUIDE  
Cleaning the Printer Interior and Drum Unit  
Clean the printer interior and the drum unit as follows:  
1. Turn off the power switch and unplug the power cord.  
Warning  
There are high voltage electrodes inside the printer. Before cleaning  
the printer, make sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the  
power cord from the outlet.  
Fig. 5-20 Turning off the Switch and Unplugging  
2. Open the top cover of the printer.  
3. Take the drum unit out of the printer and put it aside.  
Warning  
After you have just used the printer, some internal parts of the  
printer are extremely hot. When you open the top cover of the  
printer, never touch the shaded parts shown in the following  
illustration.  
High Temperature  
Fig. 5-21 Inside the Printer  
5-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
USER’S GUIDE  
4. Gently wipe the scanner window with a soft dry cloth.  
Scanner Window  
Fig. 5-22 Cleaning the Scanner Window  
Caution  
!
Do not touch the scanner window with your fingers.  
Do not wipe the scanner window with cleaning alcohol (isopropyl).  
5. Turn the drum unit upside down carefully.  
Caution  
!
Handle the drum unit carefully as it contains toner. If toner scatters and  
your hands or cloths get dirty, wipe or wash it off with cold water  
immediately.  
Note  
It is recommended to put the drum unit on a piece of disposable paper or  
cloth in case of accidental toner spill or scatter.  
5-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
USER’S GUIDE  
6. Clean the primary corona wire inside the drum unit by gently sliding  
the tab to the right and left several times.  
Home Position ()  
Fig. 5-23 Cleaning the Primary Corona Wire  
7. Return the tab to the home position (mark position) before  
reinstalling the drum unit.  
Caution  
!
Be sure to position the tab at the home position, or printed pages may  
have vertical stripes.  
9. Close the top cover.  
10. Plug in the power cord and turn on the power switch.  
5-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CHAPTER 5 MAINTENANCE  
RE-PACKING THE PRINTER  
Caution  
!
Whenever you transport the printer, use the packing materials which are  
provided with your printer. Also, follow the steps below to re-pack the  
printer, or the printer may be damaged which will void the printer’s  
warranty.  
1. Turn off the power switch and unplug the printer from the AC outlet.  
Remove the AC cord and the extention wire of the paper tray from the  
printer.  
2. Open the top cover.  
3. Remove the drum unit assembly, referring to the previous section.  
Note  
Remove the drum unit assembly with the toner cartridge included.  
Fig. 5-24 Removing the Drum Unit Assembly  
5-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
USER’S GUIDE  
4. Place the drum unit assembly in the plastic bag and seal the bag  
completely.  
Fig. 5-25 Placing the Drum Unit in the Plastic Bag  
5. Close the top cover, the extension wire, and the output tray.  
6. Wrap the printer in the plastic bag and place it in the original carton  
box with the original Styrofoam packing material.  
7. Place any documents (manual and any documentation describing the  
reason for repacking the printer) and the drum unit assembly in the  
carton box as shown below.  
8. Close the carton box and tape it.  
Drum Unit  
Including Toner  
Cartridge  
Manuals  
Printer  
Carton  
Fig. 5-26 Repacking the Printer  
5-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING  
CHAPTER 6  
TROUBLESHOOTING  
ALARM INDICATIONS AT A GLANCE  
Operator Calls  
If a recoverable error occurs, the printer indicates an ‘operator call’ by  
blinking the Alarm lamp and any of the following lamps.  
Find the error and take the proper action to correct it. The printer  
automatically recovers from most errors, but you may need to reset the  
printer with the panel switch as described below.  
Blinking Lamp  
Paper ●  
Alarm●  
Error  
Action  
Paper jam  
Clear the paper jam referring to the next section  
“PAPER JAMS” and press the panel switch if  
the printer does not automatically resume printing.  
Paper empty Load paper in the printer referring to Chapter 2  
and press the panel switch.  
Misfeed  
Reinstall the paper and press the panel switch.  
Toner low  
Indicates that the printer has approximately 100  
pages of printing left before the toner cartridge is  
empty. Prepare a new toner cartridge.  
Toner ●  
Alarm●  
(every 5 seconds)  
Toner Empty Replace the toner cartridge with a new one  
Toner ●  
Alarm●  
(Fast blinking)  
6-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
USER’S GUIDE  
For errors shown below, the printer indicates an operator call by blinking  
the Alarm lamp. If you use the printer with the supplied Windows driver,  
the status monitor will appear to indicate the error on your computer  
screen. The HL-1040/1050 printer also prints some error messages on  
paper.  
Error  
Action  
Close the top cover of the printer.  
COVER OPEN  
Press the panel switch to print the data remaining in the  
printer.  
PRINT OVERRUN  
If you use the supplied Windows driver, try again after  
turning on Error Recovery in the PRINT menu of your  
application software, (Refer to Help section in Windows  
printer driver for the details.)  
For HL-1050 only  
Expand the printer memory with an optional memory  
board and set page protection to ON by using the suuplied  
Windows driver or RPC program.  
For HL-1050 only  
Change the following settings in the supplied Windows  
driver and try again. The best combination of the settngs  
below will vary depending on your document.  
Graphics Mode  
TrueType mode  
Use Printer TrueType Fonts  
If this does not clear the error, reduce the complexity of  
your document or reduce the print resolution.  
Press the panel switch to print the data remaining in the  
printer.  
Reduce the print resolution or reduce the complexity of  
your document.  
For HL-1050 only  
Expand the printer memory.by adding a commercially  
available SIMM.  
MEMORY FULL  
(For HL-1040/1050 Only)  
This error can occur only  
when using DOS or  
Macintosh.  
Press the panel switch to resume printing.  
Check that the connection between your computer and  
printer is secure and correct, and check the interface cable.  
Press the panel switch to resume printing.  
Check the communication parameters such as baud rate  
and stop bit settingson both your computer and printer.  
Parallel Interface Line  
Error  
Serial Interface Framing  
Error  
(For HL-1040/1050 Only)  
Press the panel switch to resume printing.  
Check the communication parameters such as bit length  
and parity settings on both your computer and printer.  
Serial Interface Parity  
Error  
(For HL-1040/1050 Only)  
6-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING  
Error  
Action  
Press the panel switch to resume printing.  
Serial Interface Overrun  
Error  
The interface hardware may be damaged. Consult your  
dealer.  
(For HL-1040/1050 Only)  
Press the panel switch to resume printing.  
Check the communication parameters such as the  
handshake protocols on both your computer and printer.  
If the error occurs again, the interface hardware may be  
damaged. Consult your dealer.  
Serial Interface Input  
Buffer Overflow  
(For HL-1040/1050 Only)  
Note  
If the printer does not operate as you expect it to, it is recommended that  
you turn off the power switch, wait a few seconds and then turn it on  
again. If you still have problems, consult your dealer or our authorized  
service representative.  
6-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USER’S GUIDE  
Service Calls  
If an unrecoverable error occurs, the printer indicates the need for a  
service call by lighting all the lamps and then the following combination  
of lamps alternately:  
Service Call  
Fuser  
Laser BD  
Scanner  
ROM error  
malfunction  
malfunction  
malfunction  
Drum  
Alarm  
Ready  
Data  
Service Call  
Drum  
Alarm  
Ready  
Data  
D-RAM error  
Service A  
Service B  
Service C  
Service Call  
Drum  
Alarm  
Ready  
Data  
Service D  
Service E0  
Service E1  
Service P  
Service Call  
NV-RAM  
CPU Runtime  
error  
error  
Drum  
Alarm  
Ready  
Data  
ON  
OFF  
If you see any of these service call indications, turn off the power  
switch, wait a few seconds and then turn it on again and try to print again.  
If you cannot clear the error and see the same service call indication after  
turning on the printer, consult your dealer or our authorized service  
representative. Report the error status and situation referring to the above  
table.  
Note  
Be sure that the top cover and the main controller board are firmly  
installed.  
6-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING  
PAPER JAMS  
Before you can clear a paper jam error, you need to find the location of  
the paper jams. Locate the position referring to the following figure.  
Paper  
Top Cover  
Multi-Purpose  
Sheet Feeder  
Drum Unit  
Fig. 6-1 Locating Paper Jam Position  
After locating the position, clear the jammed paper referring to the  
following descriptions. If the jammed paper is removed completely and  
the top cover is closed, the printer may resume printing automatically. If  
the printer does not resume printing, press the control panel switch.  
Warning  
After you have just used the printer, some internal parts of the  
printer are extremely hot. When you open the top cover of the  
printer, never touch the shaded parts shown in the following  
diagram.  
High Temperature  
Fig. 6-2 Inside the Printer  
6-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
USER’S GUIDE  
Caution  
!
Do not pull jammed paper from the output tray. Be sure to open the  
top cover to remove the jam, or the fuser may get dirty with toner powder  
and may result in toner scatter on the next printed page or pages.  
Fig. 6-3 Do Not Pull the Jammed Paper from the Output Tray  
Paper Jam in the Multi-Purpose Sheet Feeder  
If a paper jam has occurred inside the multi-purpose sheet feeder,  
open the multi-purpose sheet feeder to pull the jammed paper upward  
out of the feeder; then close the multi-purpose sheet feeder. Also,  
open the top cover and check that a torn piece of paper does not  
remain inside the printer referring to the next section.  
Fig. 6-4 Paper Jam in the Feeder  
If the paper cannot be pulled up, see the next section “Paper Jam near  
6-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING  
Paper Jam near the Drum Unit or at the Paper Output Tray  
If a paper jam has occurred near the drum unit, open the top cover and  
remove the drum unit. Then, pull the jammed paper upwards and out  
of the printer. Install the drum unit and close the top cover.  
Fig. 6-5 Paper Jam near the Drum Unit  
Paper Jam in the Fuser Unit  
If a paper jam has occurred in the fuser unit, open the top cover and  
remove the drum unit. Then, pull the jammed paper out of the fuser.  
Install the drum unit and close the top cover.  
Fig. 6-6 Paper Jam Inside the Printer  
6-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
USER’S GUIDE  
Q & A  
This section contains questions and answers for using your printer. If you  
have encountered a problem, find the question relating to your problem  
and take the steps recommended to correct the problem.  
Setting Up the Printer Hardware  
Question  
Recommendation  
The printer does not work. All  
lamps are off.  
The printer may be in sleep mode. Press the panel  
switch to wake up the printer. Check to see if the  
printer is plugged into a live power source and the  
power switch is on.  
The printer does not print.  
Check the following:  
The printer is turned on.  
All of the protective parts have been removed.  
The toner cartridge and drum unit are installed  
properly.  
The interface cable is securely connected between  
the printer and computer.  
Check to see if the Alarm lamp is blinking. If the  
lamp is blinking, refer to the Operator Call section  
of this manual.  
Check to see if the Ready lamp is blinking. If the  
lamp is blinking fast, the printer might be cooling  
down to lower the printers internal temperature.  
Open the top cover of the printer to lower the  
temperature.  
Setting Up the Printer for Windows  
Question  
Recommendation  
I cannot print from my  
application software.  
Make sure the supplied Windows printer driver is  
installed and selected with your application  
software.  
(For HL-1040/1050)  
If you use the serial interface, make sure that the  
serial slide switch of the serial interface is in the  
correct position and the interface settings are  
correctly set up with the DIP switches.  
6-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING  
Question  
Recommendation  
Sometimes I get the memory  
Full message. How can I  
correct this?  
Reduce the print resolution or reduce the  
complexity of your document and try again.  
(For HL-1050)  
Expand the printer memory by adding a  
commercially available SIMM.  
(For HL-1050)  
Change the following settings in the supplied  
Windows driver and try again. The best  
combination of the following settings may vary  
depending on your document.  
Graphics Mode  
TrueType Mode  
Use Printer TrueType Fonts  
Sometimes I get a Print  
Overrun error when printing  
certain documents from  
Windows.  
If you are using the supplied Windows driver, turn  
error recovery on in the Setup dialog box and try  
again.  
Reduce the print resolution or reduce the  
complexity of your document and try again.  
(For HL-1050)  
Expand the printer memory by installing a  
commercially available SIMM and set the Page  
Protection ON in the supplied Windows driver.  
(For HL-1050)  
Change the following settings in the supplied  
Windows driver and try again. The best  
combination of the following settings may vary  
depending on your document.  
Graphics Mode  
TrueType Mode  
Use Printer TrueType Fonts  
6-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USER’S GUIDE  
Setting Up the Printer for DOS (For HL-1040/1050 Only)  
Question  
Recommendation  
I cannot print from my  
application software.  
Check if the DOS application software interface  
settings match that of your printer: for example, if  
you are using a parallel printer cable, you would  
most likely set your DOS software printer port to  
LPT1.  
Check if the printer has any printer alarms active.  
Check if the appropriate printer is selected in your  
application software.  
The HL-820/1020 cannot print from DOS  
applications.  
If the serial interface is used, make sure that the  
RS-232C serial interface is selected with the slide  
switch. Make sure that the interface settings are  
correctly set up with the proper DIP switches.  
Make sure the serial parameters of baud rates,  
parity and stop bits match between your  
application software and the printer.  
The printer prints, but it prints  
incorrect information.  
This is an indication that your application printer  
emulation setting and the printer’s emulation do not  
Sometimes it prints a couple of match. Check in your application software which  
characters and then ejects the  
page, etc.  
printer you have selected to make sure the printer is  
set up correctly. Remember the printer emulates three  
widely used printer selections: HL-1040 (HP LaserJet  
IIP, Epson FX-850, and IBM Proprinter XL) / HL-  
1050 (HP LaserJet 6L/6P, Epson FX-850 and IBM  
Proprinter XL). Try setting the printer into HP  
emulation and then select the HP LaserJet IIP (for  
HL-1040) or HP LaserJet 6P/6L (for HL-1050)  
printer in your application software.  
The printer does not print when Press the panel switch. The data has been sent to the  
I press the Print Screen Key.  
(Data lamp On)  
The printer prints the first part  
of my document but does not  
print the last page.  
printer but the printer did not receive the Page Eject  
command: print screens do not send this command.  
This was a common problem with database software  
and spreadsheet software when not correctly set up.  
The data has been sent to the printer but the printer  
did not receive the Page Eject command. Press the  
panel switch to eject the page. Then check with your  
software supplier on how to add a Page Eject (or  
Form Feed) command to the end of your print job.  
Use the remote printer console (RPC) program.  
(Data lamp On)  
How can I change the User  
settings or default settings of  
the printer?  
6-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING  
Setting Up the Printer for Apple Macintosh Computers When the  
Optional RS-100M Serial Interface Is Installed into Your Printer  
(For HL-1040/1050 Only)  
Question  
Recommendation  
I cannot print from my  
application software.  
Make sure that the supplied Macintosh printer  
driver is installed in the System Folder and it is  
selected with Chooser.  
Check the PORT selection within the Chooser: it  
should match the port to which you physically  
attached the printer cable.  
The serial slide switch of the optional interface  
board should be in the Apple (RS-422A) position.  
Check the printer cable type: you cannot use a  
LocalTalk or straight-through cable. Refer to  
Chapter 4 for details on printer cable type.  
Paper Handling  
Question  
Recommendation  
The printer does not load  
paper.  
Check to see if the “PAPER EMPTY” message  
appears on your computer screen or the Alarm  
and Paper lamps are blinking on the printer  
control panel. If so, the multi-purpose sheet feeder  
may be out of paper or not properly installed. If it  
is empty, load a new stack of paper into the  
feeder.  
If there is paper in the multi-purpose sheet feeder,  
make sure it is straight. If the paper is curled, you  
should straighten it before printing. Sometimes it  
is helpful to remove the paper, turn the stack over  
and put it back into the paper tray.  
Reduce the amount of paper in the multi-purpose  
sheet feeder, then try again.  
The printer does not load paper Re-insert the paper firmly, one sheet at a time.  
from the manual feed slot.  
How can I load envelopes?  
You can load envelopes from either the multi-purpose  
sheet feeder or the manual feed slot. Your application  
software must be set up correctly to print on the  
envelope size you are using. This is usually done in  
the page setup or document setup menu of your  
software. Refer to your application manual.  
What paper can I use?  
You can use plain paper, envelopes, transparencies,  
How can I clear paper jams?  
6-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
USER’S GUIDE  
Printing  
Question  
Recommendation  
The printer prints unexpectedly  
or it prints garbage.  
Turn the printer off and on again to reset the  
printer.  
Make sure your application software is correctly  
set up to use this printer by checking the printer  
settings in your application software.  
(For HL-1040/1050)  
Check the printer emulation settings. If you can  
use the supplied RPC program, use it to change  
the settings as required. Also, you can print the  
current setting list from the RPC program or  
Printer Control Panel.  
(For HL-1040/1050)  
Make sure that the correct interface type and  
settings are made to match your computer. Be sure  
to use the RS-422A serial interface for Macintosh  
The printer cannot print full  
pages of a document. An error  
The printer received a very complex print job and  
could not process part of the page. This may be  
message “PRINT OVERRUN” solved by the following ways.  
If you are using Windows 95/98 or Windows 3.1  
occurs.  
with the supplied printer driver, see the “Setting  
up the Printer for Windows” section.  
Try to reduce the complexity of your document or  
reduce the print resolution.  
The printer prints the first  
This is a problem usually relating to serial interface  
couple of pages correctly, then settings. Your computer is not recognizing the  
some pages have text missing.  
(For HL-1040/1050 Only)  
printer’s input buffer full signal. Causes could be  
incorrect serial cable (incorrectly wired or too long)  
or incorrect setting of your computer serial interface.  
6-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING  
Question  
Recommendation  
The printer cannot print full  
pages of a document. A  
"MEMORY FULL" error  
message occurs.  
(For HL-1050)  
Change the following settings in the supplied  
Windows driver and try again. The best  
combination of the following settings may vary  
depending on your document.  
Graphics Mode  
(For HL-1040/1050 Only)  
TrueType Mode  
Use Printer TrueType Fonts  
Reduce the graphic quality or the number of font  
sizes within your application software.  
Reduce the printer resolution.  
Reduce the complexity of your document and try  
again.  
(For HL-1050)  
Expand the printer memory by adding a  
commercially available SIMM and set the Page  
Protection to ON by using the supplied Windows  
driver.  
The printer cannot print full  
pages of a document. A  
"MEMORY FULL" error  
message occurs.  
(For HL-1050)  
Expand the printer memory by installing a  
commercially available memorySIMM.  
Reduce the printer resolution.  
(For HL-10-40/1050 Only)  
Reduce the complexity of your document and try  
again.  
Reduce the graphic quality or the number of font  
sizes within your application software.  
Most laser printers have a restricted area that cannot  
be printed on. Usually the first two lines and last two  
lines of text cannot print (leaving 62 printable lines).  
Adjust the top and bottom margins in your document  
to allow for this.  
My headers or footers appear  
when I view my document on  
screen but do not show up  
when I print them.  
6-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USER’S GUIDE  
Print Quality  
Caution  
!
You will clear a print quality problem by replacing the drum unit with a  
new one if the Drum lamp is on. The drum unit is at the end of its life.  
Question  
Recommendation  
Printed pages contain white  
stripes.  
You may clear the problem by wiping the scanner  
windows with a soft cloth. (See “Cleaning the printer  
Here come Flat-top ,he ne thing  
me. Here come Flat-tome. One thing  
over me. Here come Fle come. One thing  
now, over me. Here co-op ,he come. One thing  
right now, over me. HeFlat-top ,he come. One thing  
together right now, ove. re come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
Come together right nome. Here come Flat-top ,he come. On
free. Come together rigover me. Here come Flat-top ,he comn the sky with Diamonde. AA  
One thing can tell you o to be free. Come together right now, e. Here come Flat-top ,heAA  
come. One thing can you go to be free. Come together rigover me. Here come Flat-top  
,he come. One thing cu is you go to be free. Come togethew, over me. Here come Flat-  
top ,he come. One thinll you is you go to be free. Come togt now, over me. Lucy in the  
sky with Diamonde. HeFlat-top ,he come. One thing can telou go to be free. Come AAA  
together right now, overe come Flat-top ,he come. One thing l you is you go to be free.  
Come together right nome. Here come Flat-top ,he come. Oncan tell you is you go to be  
free. Come together rigover me. Here come Flat-top ,he comting can tell you is you goA  
to be free. Come togetht now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,hucy in the sky with AAAAA  
Diamonde. One thing ou is you go to be free. Come togethow, over me. Here come  
Flat-top ,he come. One an tell you is you go to be free. Come right now, over me. HereA  
come Flat-top ,he comng can tell you is you go to be free. tgether right now, over me.  
Here come Flat-top ,he ne thing can tell you is you go to be me together right now, over  
me. Here come Flat-tome. One thing can tell you is you go . Come together right now,  
over me. Here come Fe come. Lucy in the sky with Diamonhing can tell you is you go  
to be free. Come togetht now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,hne thing can tell you is you  
go to be free. Come toght now, over me. Here come Flat-top e. One thing can tell you is  
you go to be free. Comr right now, over me. Here come Flacome. One thing  
you is you go to be freogether right now, over me. Here cotop ,he come. One thing  
I
can tell you is you go to be me together rigr  
can tell you is you go . Come togethe,  
can tell you is yoe free. Come together rightA  
can tell you o to be free. Come togetherA  
can teou go to be free. Come AAA  
cll you is you go to be free.  
can tell you is you go to beA  
I
I
I
I
I
A
I
I
I
If the same problem occurs and the Drum lamp is  
still on after cleaning, replace the drum unit with a  
new one.  
I
A
I
I
A
I
A
I
I
I
I
I
I
can tell  
A
I
can  
tell you is you go to be me together right now, over me. Here at-top ,he come. One thing  
can tell you is you go tCome together right now, over me. e Flat-top ,he come. One  
thing can tell you is ybe free. Come together right now, ovre come Flat-top ,he come.  
One thing can tell you o to be free. Come together right nowe. Here come Flat-top ,he  
come. One thing can you go to be free. Come together rigover me. Here come Flat-top  
,he come. One thing cu is you go to be free. Come togethew, over me. Here come Flat-  
top ,he come. One thinll you is you go to be free. Come togt now, over me. Here come  
Flat-top ,he come. Lucky with Diamonde. One thing can teou go to be free. Come AAA  
I
A
I
I
A
I
I
I
Fig. 6-7 White Stripes or Faint  
Images  
Printed pages are stained with  
toner or have vertical stripes.  
Clean the printer interior and the primary corona  
wire of the toner cartridge. See “Cleaning the  
Make sure that the tab of the corona wire is at the  
home position.  
Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. Lucy in the sky with Diamonde. AA  
One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,heAA  
come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top  
,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-  
top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Lucy in the  
sky with Diamonde. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come AAA  
together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free.  
Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be  
free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you goA  
to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. Lucy in the sky with AAAAA  
Diamonde. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come  
Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. HereA  
come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me.  
Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over  
me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now,  
over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. Lucy in the sky with Diamonde. One thing can tell you is you go  
to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you  
go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is  
you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
I
can tell you is you go to be free. Come together rig
can tell you is you go to be free. Come togethe,  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come tother rightA  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come togetherA  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come AAA  
can tell you is you go to be free.  
can tell you is you go to beA  
I
I
I
I
I
A
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A
I
I
I
A
I
I
A
I
I
If the same print problem occurs and the Drum lamp  
is still on after cleaning, replace the drum unit with a  
new one.  
I
I
I
I
can tell  
A
I
can  
tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One  
thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come.  
One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he  
come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top  
,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-  
top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come  
Flat-top ,he come. Lucy in the sky with Diamonde. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come AAA  
I
A
I
I
A
I
I
I
I
Fig. 6-8 Dark Stripes or Toner  
Stains  
Printed pages have white spots Make sure that you use paper that meets the  
in black text and graphics area. specifications. Rough surface or thick media can  
cause the problem.  
If you still have the same problem and the Drum  
lamp is on, replace the drum unit with a new one.  
Fig. 6-9 White Spots  
6-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING  
Question  
Recommendation  
Toner scatters and stains the  
printed page.  
Clean the printer interior. See “Cleaning the Printer  
Make sure that you use paper that meets  
specifications.  
After the new toner cartridge is installed, the first 10  
- 20 pages may be stained with toner. This problem  
will be cleared after the first 10-20 pages with the  
new toner cartridge.  
Fig. 6-10 Scattering Toner  
If you still have the same problem and the Drum  
lamp is on, replace the drum unit with a new one.  
The whole page is printed in  
black.  
If the same problem occurs and the Drum lamp is  
still on after cleaning, replace the drum unit with a  
new one.  
Fig. 6-11 Black Page  
Nothing is printed on the page.  
Make sure that the toner cartridge is not empty.  
Make sure that a torn piece of paper does not  
remain on the scanner window.  
Fig. 6-12 White Page  
Printed pages are marked at  
regular intervals.  
The problem may disappear by itself. Try printing  
multiple pages to clear this problem especially if the  
printer has not been used for a long time.  
Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. Lucy in the sky with Diamonde. AA  
One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,heAA  
come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top  
,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-  
top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Lucy in the  
sky with Diamonde. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come AAA  
together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free.  
Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be  
free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you goA  
to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. Lucy in the sky with AAAAA  
Diamonde. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come  
Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. HereA  
come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me.  
Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over  
me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now,  
over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. Lucy in the sky with Diamonde. One thing can tell you is you go  
to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you  
go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is  
you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
I
can tell you is you go to be free. Come together ri, er  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come togethe
can tell you is you go to be free. Come together rightA  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come togetherA  
t
can tell you is you go to be free.  
can tell you is you go to beA  
Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
op ,he come. One thing  
together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. Lucy in the sky with Diamonde. AA  
One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,heAA  
come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top  
,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-  
top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Lucy in the  
sky with Diamonde. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come AAA  
together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free.  
Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be  
free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you goA  
to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. Lucy in the sky with AAAAA  
Diamonde. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come  
Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. HereA  
come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me.  
Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over  
me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now,  
over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. Lucy in the sky with Diamonde. One thing can tell you is you go  
to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you  
go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is  
you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
I
can tell you is you go to be free. Come together river  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come togeth
can tell you is you go to be free. Come together rightA  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come togetherA  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come AAA  
can tell you is you go to be free.  
can tell you is you go to beA  
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A
I
A
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
If the surface of the drum has been scratched, replace  
the drum unit with a new one.  
I
I
I
I
I
A
I
A
I
I
I
I
I
A
I
A
I
I
I
A
I
A
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
can tell  
A
I
can tell  
A
I
can  
I
can  
tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One  
thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come.  
One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he  
ft
,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-  
top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come  
Flat-top ,he come. Lucy in the sky with Diamonde. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come AAA  
I
tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One  
thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come.  
One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he  
go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-top  
,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Flat-  
top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come  
Flat-top ,he come. Lucy in the sky with Diamonde. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come AAA  
I
A
A
I
I
If the problem does not disappear, it may be that the  
drum has been marked or damaged due to excessive  
exposure to light. In this case, replace the drum unit  
with a new one.  
I
A
I
A
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fig. 6-13 Example of Regular  
Marking  
6-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USER’S GUIDE  
Question  
Recommendation  
Printed pages are blurred at the Certain environmental conditions such as humidity,  
center or either edge.  
high temperatures, etc. may cause this situation to  
occur.  
Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
together right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
Come together right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. Diamonde the skyLucy in with  
AA One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here come Pat-top  
,heAA come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come  
Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here  
come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come tin the sky right now, over me.  
in the sky Lucy Diamonde with Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free.  
Come AAA together right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to  
be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you  
go to be free. together Comeright now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is  
you goA to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. Lucy in the sky with  
AAAAA Diamonde. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come tin the sky right now, over me. Here  
come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over  
me. HereA come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come tin the sky right  
now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together  
right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come  
together right now, over me. Here come ,he come. Lucy Diamonde in the sky with One thing can tell  
you is you go to be free. Come tin the skyright now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One  
thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come.  
One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he  
come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here come Pat-  
top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here come  
Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here  
come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me.  
Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now,  
over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right  
now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come tin the sky  
right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. Lucy in the sky with Amesist. One thing can tell you is  
I
can tell you is you go to be free. Come together rger  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come togethi,  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come together rightA  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come togetherA  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come AAA  
can tell you is you go to be free.  
can tell you is you go to beA  
Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
together right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
Come together right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. Diamonde the skyLucy in with  
AA One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here come Pat-top  
,heAA come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come  
Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here  
come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come tin the sky right now, over me.  
in the sky Lucy Diamonde with Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free.  
Come AAA together right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to  
be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you  
go to be free. together Comeright now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is  
you goA to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. Lucy in the sky with  
AAAAA Diamonde. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come tin the sky right now, over me. Here  
come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over  
me. HereA come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come tin the sky right  
now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together  
right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come  
together right now, over me. Here come ,he come. Lucy Diamonde in the sky with One thing can tell  
you is you go to be free. Come tin the skyright now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One  
thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come.  
One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he  
come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here come Pat-  
top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here come  
Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here  
come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me.  
Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now,  
over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right  
now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come tin the sky  
right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. Lucy in the sky with Amesist. One thing can tell you is  
I
can tell you is you go to be free. Come together river  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come toget
can tell you is you go to be free. Come togther rightA  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come togetherA  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come AAA  
can tell you is you go to be free.  
can tell you is you go to beA  
Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
together right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
Come together right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. Diamonde the skyLucy in with  
AA One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here come Pat-top  
,heAA come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come  
Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here  
come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come tin the sky right now, over me.  
in the sky Lucy Diamonde with Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free.  
Come AAA together right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to  
be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you  
go to be free. together Comeright now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is  
you goA to be free. Come together right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. Lucy in the sky with  
AAAAA Diamonde. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come tin the sky right now, over me. Here  
come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over  
me. HereA come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come tin the sky right  
now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together  
right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come  
together right now, over me. Here come ,he come. Lucy Diamonde in the sky with One thing can tell  
you is you go to be free. Come tin the skyright now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One  
thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come.  
One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he  
come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here come Pat-  
top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here come  
Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me. Here  
come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now, over me.  
Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come in the sky right now,  
over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come together right  
now, over me. Here come Flat-top ,he come. One thing can tell you is you go to be free. Come tin the sky  
right now, over me. Here come Pat-top ,he come. Lucy in the sky with Amesist. One thing can tell you is  
I
can tell you is you go to be free. Come together rr  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come toge
can tell you is you go to be free. Come tether rightA  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come togetherA  
can tell you is you go to be free. Come AAA  
can tell you is you go to be free.  
can tell you is you go to beA  
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A
I
A
I
A
I
I
I
.
.
.
Make sure that the printer is placed on a flat,  
horizontal surface.  
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
I
.
I
.
I
I
I
I
A
I
A
I
A
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A
I
A
I
A
I
I
I
I
A
I
A
I
A
I
I
I
I
v
.
I
v
.
I
v
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A
I
A
I
A
Remove the drum unit with the toner cartridge  
installed. Try shaking them from side to side.  
You may clear the problem by wiping the scanner  
windows with a soft cloth. (See “Cleaning the  
I
I
I
I
I
I
A
I
A
I
A
I
I
I
I
A
I
A
I
A
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fig. 6-14 Blurred Page  
If the same problem occurs after cleaning and  
Drum lamp is still on, replace the drum unit with  
a new one.  
Ghost images show up on  
printed pages.  
Make sure that you use paper that meets the  
specifications. Rough surface or thick media can  
cause the problem.  
Make sure that you select the appropriate media  
type in the pritner driver.  
Fig. 6-15 Ghost Images  
Note  
The drum unit is a consumable, and it is necessary to replace it  
periodically.  
6-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 7 APPENDIX  
CHAPTER 7  
APPENDIX  
PRINTER SPECIFICATIONS  
Printing  
Print Method  
Laser  
Electrophotography by semiconductor laser beam scanning  
Wavelength: 780 nm  
Output:  
5 mW max  
Resolution  
HL-820/1020: 600 dots/inch  
(under Brother Printing Solution for Windows)  
600 dots/inch  
HL-1040:  
(under Brother Printing Solution for Windows  
/ under Brother Software PCL5e for DOS box  
in Windows )  
300 dots/inch  
(under DOS, Apple Macintosh and other  
operating system)  
HL-1050:  
1200 (H) x 600 (V) dots/inch  
(for Windows DIB graphics)  
600 x 600 dots/inch  
(for Windows and DOS)  
300 x 300 dots/inch  
(using Apple Macintosh with the optional  
RS-100M)  
Print Quality  
Print Speed  
Normal printing mode  
Economy printing mode (up to 25% and 50% toner saving)  
HL-820 :  
HL-1020/1040/1050:  
Up to 8 pages/minutes  
Up to 10 pages/minute  
(when loading A4 or letter-size paper from the multi-purpose  
sheet feeder)  
NOTE: Maximum print speed is obtained by printing several  
copies of the same page. Print speed may vary depending on  
interface type, emulation, processing power of the computer,  
memory allocated to the print job, paper size and graphic  
quality.  
Warm-Up  
Max. 30 seconds at 23°C (73.4°F)  
(The warm up time depends on the ambient temperature and  
humidity.)  
A-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
USER’S GUIDE  
First Print  
15 seconds (when loading A4 or letter-size paper from the  
multi-purpose sheet feeder)  
Print Media  
Toner cartridge:  
Life Expectancy: 2,400 pages/new toner cartridge  
1,000 pages/starter toner cartridge  
(when printing A4- or letter-size paper at 5% print coverage)  
NOTE: Toner life expectancy will vary depending on the type  
of average print job printed.  
Drum Unit:  
Life Expectancy: 20,000 pages at 20 pages per job  
8,000 pages at 1 page per job  
NOTE: There are many factors that determine the actual drum  
life, such as temperature, humidity, type of paper and toner that  
you use, the number of pages per print job, etc..  
Functions  
TrueType Fonts on disks TrueType-compatible soft-fonts for Windows on the supplied  
disk  
Emulation  
HL-820/1020:Brother Printing Solution for Windows  
HL-1040: Brother Printing Solution for Windows  
Automatic emulation selection among HP LaserJet  
IIP (PCL level 4), EPSON FX-850, or IBM  
Proprinter XL  
HL-1050: Brother Printing Solution for Windows  
Automatic emulation selection among HP LaserJet  
6P (PCL level 6), EPSON FX-850, or IBM  
Proprinter XL  
Printer Driver  
Interface  
Windows 3.1/3.11, Windows 95/98 and Windows NT 4.0  
driver, supporting Brother Native Compression mode and bi-  
directional capability  
Optional Macintosh driver available for System 6.0.7 or higher  
(For HL-1040/1050 Only)  
Bi-directional parallel  
USB interface (HL-1050 only)  
RS-422A/RS-232C serial interface (RS-100M) is optionally  
available. (For HL-1040/1050 only)  
A-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
CHAPTER 7 APPENDIX  
Memory  
HL-820/1020/1040 : 2 MB  
HL-1050: 4 MB  
Expandable up to 36 MB by installing an  
industry standard SIMM  
Diagnostics  
Self-diagnostic program  
Electrical and Mechanical  
Power Source  
U.S.A. and Canada:  
AC 110 to 120 V, 50 / 60 Hz  
Europe and Australia: AC 220 to 240 V, 50 /60 Hz  
Power Consumption  
Printing:  
Stand-by:  
Sleep:  
280 W or less  
60 W or less  
13 W or less  
Noise  
Printing:  
Sleep:  
49 dB A or less  
33 dB A or less  
Temperature  
Humidity  
Operating:  
Storage:  
10 to 32.5°C (50 to 90.5°F)  
0 to 40°C (38 to 104°F)  
Operating:  
Storage:  
20 to 80% (without condensation)  
20 to 80% (without condensation)  
Dimensions (W x H x D) 390 x 245 x 365 mm (14.4 x 9.8 x 13.9 inches)  
(when the output tray is closed.)  
Weight  
Approx. 7.2 kg (14.3 lb.) including the drum unit  
A-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
USER’S GUIDE  
PARALLEL INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS  
Note  
To ensure best quality performance use an IEEE 1284 compliant parallel  
cable between the printer and your computer. Only IEEE 1284 cables  
support all of the advanced printing capabilities, like bi-directional  
communication. These cables will be clearly marked with “IEEE-1284”.  
Interface Connector  
Printer Side: Amphenol FCN-685J036-L/X or equivalent  
A shielded cable should be used.  
Pin Assignment  
Pin No.  
1
Signal  
Direction Pin No.  
Signal  
Direction  
Input  
19  
0V (S.G.)  
DATA STROBE  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
DATA 1  
DATA 2  
DATA 3  
DATA 4  
DATA 5  
DATA 6  
DATA 7  
DATA 8  
Input  
Input  
Input  
Input  
Input  
Input  
Input  
Input  
Output  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
0V (S.G.)  
0V (S.G.)  
0V (S.G.)  
0V (S.G.)  
0V (S.G.)  
0V (S.G.)  
0V (S.G.)  
0V (S.G.)  
0V (S.G.)  
ACKNLG  
11  
12  
13  
BUSY  
PE  
SLCT  
Output  
Output  
Output  
29  
30  
31  
0V (S.G.)  
0V (S.G.)  
Input  
INPUT PRIME  
FAULT  
14  
Input  
32  
Output  
AUTO FEED  
15  
16  
17  
18  
N.C.  
0V (S.G.)  
0V (S.G.)  
+5V  
33  
34  
35  
36  
N.C.  
N.C.  
N.C.  
Input  
SLCT IN  
A-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CHAPTER 7 APPENDIX  
Note  
To use bi-directional communication, an interface cable which has the pin  
connections above must be used.  
Pin  
1
18  
2
Pin  
1
19  
2
19  
3
20  
3
21  
4
22  
5
4
20  
5
23  
6
24  
7
6
21  
7
25  
8
26  
9
8
22  
9
27  
10  
28  
11  
29  
12  
17  
13  
15  
14  
30  
31  
33  
32  
34  
36  
35  
18  
16  
10  
24  
11  
23  
12  
13  
14  
25  
16  
15  
17  
Shield  
Shield  
Fig. A-1 Parallel Interface Cable  
A-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USER’S GUIDE  
UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS (USB) INTERFACE (HL-1050 only)  
Interface Connector  
2
1
4
3
Pin Assignment  
Pin No.  
Signal  
Vcc (+5V)  
- Data  
+ Data  
Ground  
1
2
3
4
Serial Data -  
Serial Data +  
A-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CHAPTER 7 APPENDIX  
RESIDENT FONTS  
The following bitmapped fonts are resident in this printer.  
Note  
HL-820/1020 printer does not have resident fonts inside the printer.  
HL-1040 :  
Bitmapped Fonts  
Brougham 10 (12 point)  
upright/normal  
upright/bold  
italic/normal  
italic/bold  
Brougham 12 (10 point)  
upright/normal  
upright/bold  
italic/normal  
italic/bold  
Letter Gothic 16.66 (8.5 point) upright/normal  
upright/bold  
italic/normal  
italic/bold  
(Portrait and Landscape are available for the above.)  
HL-1050 :  
Bitmapped Fonts  
This printer has the following bitmapped fonts. They can be used in the  
HP LaserJet 6P, EPSON FX-850, and IBM Proprinter XL modes. They  
have the following characteristics.  
Letter Gothic 16.66 Normal, Italic, Bold, BoldItalic (Portrait &  
Landscape)  
OCR-A(Portrait & Landscape)  
OCR-B(Portrait & Landscape)  
Scalable Fonts  
The following scalable fonts can be used in the HP LaserJet 6P,  
EPSON FX-850, and IBM Proprinter XL modes.  
A-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
USER’S GUIDE  
Intellifont Compatible Fonts  
Alaska (Extrabold)  
Antique Oakland (Oblique, Bold)  
Brougham (Oblique, Bold, BoldOblique)  
Cleveland Condensed  
Connecticut  
Guatemala Antique (Italic, Bold, BoldItalic)  
Letter Gothic (Oblique, Bold)  
Maryland  
Oklahoma (Oblique, Bold, BoldOblique)  
PC Tennessee Roman (Italic, Bold, BoldItalic)  
PC Brussels Light (Italic, Demi, DemiItalic)  
Utah (Oblique, Bold, BoldOblique)  
Utah Condensed (Oblique, Bold, BoldOblique)  
Microsoft Windows 3.1 TrueType Compatible Fonts  
BR Symbol  
Helsinki (Oblique, Bold, BoldOblique)  
Tennessee Roman (Italic, Bold, BoldItalic)  
W Dingbats  
A-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 7 APPENDIX  
SYMBOL SETS/CHARACTER SETS  
OCR Symbol Sets (HL-1050 Only)  
When the OCR-A or OCR-B font is selected, the corresponding symbol set is always  
used.  
OCR-A  
OCR-B  
HP LaserJet IIP Mode ( HL-1040 )  
ISO14 JIS ASCII  
ISO57 Chinese  
ISO11 Swedish  
HP Spanish  
ISO17 Spanish  
ISO10 Swedish  
ISO16 Portuguese  
ISO84 Portuguese  
ISO85 Spanish  
PC-8  
PC-8 D/N  
PC-8 Turkish  
PC-850  
PC-852  
PC-860  
PC-863  
PC-865  
Roman 8  
ISO Latin 1 (ECMA-94)  
ISO60 Norwegian 1  
ISO61 Norwegian 2  
ISO4 UK  
ISO25 French  
ISO69 French  
HP German  
ISO21 German  
ISO15 Italian  
ISO6 ASCII  
Legal  
ISO2 IRV  
HP LaserJet 6P Mode ( HL-1050 )  
Roman 8 (8U)  
Legal (1U)  
ISO6 ASCII  
ISO Latin1 (0N)  
ISO Latin2 (2N)  
ISO Latin5 (5N)  
ISO Latin6 (6N)  
PC-8 (10U)  
PC-8 D/N (11U)  
PC-850 (12U)  
PC-852 (17U)  
Ventura Math (6M)  
Ventura Intl (13J)  
Ventura US (14J)  
PS Math (5M)  
PS Text (10J)  
ISO10 Swedish  
ISO11 Swedish  
ISO14 JIS ASCII  
ISO15 Italian  
ISO16 Portuguese  
ISO17 Spanish  
ISO21 German  
ISO25 French  
ISO57 Chinese  
ISO60 Norwegian1  
ISO61 Norwegian2  
ISO69 French  
ISO84 Portuguese  
ISO85 Spanish  
HP German  
Math-8 (8M)  
Pi Font (15U)  
MS Publishing (6J)  
Windows 3.0 (9U)  
Desktop (7J)  
MC Text (12J)  
Symbol (19M)  
Windings (579L)  
ISO2 IRV  
PC-775 (26U)  
PC-1004 (9J)  
PC-8 Turkish (9T)  
Windows Latin1 (19U)  
Windows Latin2 (9E)  
Windows Latin5 (5T)  
Windows Baltic (19L)  
ISO4 UK  
HP Spanish  
A-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
USER’S GUIDE  
EPSON Mode ( HL-1040/1050 )  
US ASCII  
PC-8  
PC-8 Turkish  
German  
UK ASCII I  
French I  
Danish I  
Italy  
Japanese  
Norwegian  
Danish II  
UK ASCII II  
French II  
Dutch  
South African  
PC-8 D/N  
PC-850  
PC-852  
PC-860  
PC-863  
PC-865  
Spanish  
Swedish  
IBM Mode ( HL-1040/1050 )  
PC-8  
PC-8 D/N  
PC-850  
PC-852  
PC-860  
PC-863  
PC-865  
PC-8 Turkish  
Note  
If you want to know what characters are in each symbol/character set,  
print the CHARSETS.PRN file from the “Print form” option in the Direct  
Access Menu of the Remote Printer Console Program.  
A-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 7 APPENDIX  
HP LaserJet IIP / HP LaserJet 6P  
The following table shows characters available only in the corresponding  
character set. The numbers at the top of the table are code values with  
which characters are to be replaced in the Roman 8 character set. For  
other characters, see the character set of Roman 8.  
A-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USER’S GUIDE  
HP LaserJet IIP/6P, EPSON FX-850, IBM Propritner XL  
EPSON FX-850  
A-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 7 APPENDIX  
The following table shows characters available only in the corresponding  
character set. The numbers at the top of the table are code values with  
which characters are to be replaced in the US ASCII character set. For  
other characters, see the character set of US ASCII.  
A-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USER’S GUIDE  
Trademarks  
The Brother logo is a registered trademark of Brother Industries, Ltd.  
Apple, the Apple Logo, and Macintosh are trademarks, registered in the  
United States and other countries, and TrueType is a trademark of Apple  
Computer, Inc.  
Epson is a registered trademark and FX-80 and FX-850 are trademarks of  
Seiko Epson Corporation.  
Hewlett Packard is a registered trademark and PCL, HP LaserJet 6P, 6L, 5P, 5L,  
4, 4L 4P, III, IIIP, II, and IIP are trademarks of Hewlett-Packard  
Company.  
IBM, IBM PC, and Proprinter are registered trademarks of International  
Business Machines Corporation.  
Microsoft and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft  
Corporation. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation  
in the U.S. and other countries.  
All other brand and product names mentioned in this User’s Guide are  
registered trademarks of their respective companies.  
Compilation and Publication Notice  
Under the supervision of Brother Industries Ltd., this manual has been  
compiled and published, covering the latest product’s descriptions and  
specifications.  
The contents of this manual and the specifications of this product are  
subject to change without notice.  
Brother reserves the right to make changes without notice in the  
specifications and materials contained herein and shall not be responsible  
for any damages (including consequential) caused by reliance on the  
materials presented, including but not limited to typographical and other  
errors relating to the publication.  
©1998 Brother Industries Ltd.  
A-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 7 APPENDIX  
REGULATIONS  
This product is designed for use in a professional environment.  
Federal Communications Commission(FCC) Declaration of Conformity  
(For USA Only)  
Responsible Party : Brother International Corporation  
100 Somerset Corporate Boulevard  
Bridgewater, NJ 08807-0911, USA  
TEL : (908) 704-1700  
declares, that the products  
Product Name : Brother Laser Printer HL-820, HL-1020, HL-1040, HL-1040DX,  
HL-1050, HL-1050DX  
Model Numbers : HL-8L, HL-8h  
Product Options : ALL  
complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two  
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must  
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired  
operation.  
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital  
device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide  
reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This  
equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and  
used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio  
communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a  
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or  
television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user  
is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:  
- Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.  
- Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.  
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver  
is connected.  
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.  
Important  
A shielded interface cable should be used in order to ensure compliance with the limits for  
a Class B digital device.  
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Brother Industries, Ltd. could void the  
user’s authority to operate the equipment.  
Industry Canada Compliance Statement (For Canada Only)  
This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing  
Equipment Regulations.  
Cet appareil numérique de la classe B respecte toutes les exigences du Règlement sur la  
matériel brouilleur du Canada.  
International Energy Star Compliance Statement  
The purpose of the International Energy Star Program is to promote the development and  
popularization of energy-efficient office equipments, which includes computers, monitors,  
printers, facsimile receivers and copy machines world-wide.  
As an International Energy Star partner, Brother Industries, Ltd. has decided that this  
product meets the guideline of the program.  
A-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USER’S GUIDE  
Radio Interference (220-240 V Model Only)  
This printer complies with EN55022(CISPR Publication 22)/Class B.  
Before this product is used, ensure that you use a double-shielded interface cable  
with twisted-pair conductors and that it is marked “IEEE 1284 compliant”. The  
cable must not exceed 1.8 metres in length.  
Laser Safety (For 110–120 V Model Only)  
This printer is certified as a Class I laser product under the U.S. Department of Health and  
Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation  
Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. This means that the printer does not produce  
hazardous laser radiation.  
Since radiation emitted inside the printer is completely confined within protective housings  
and external covers, the laser beam cannot escape from the machine during any phase of  
user operation.  
FDA Regulations (For 110-120 V Model Only)  
U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has implemented regulations for laser products  
manufactured on and after August 2, 1976. Compliance is mandatory for products marketed  
in the United States. One of the following labels on the back of the printer indicates  
compliance with the FDA regulations and must be attached to laser products marketed in  
the United States.  
MANUFACTURED:  
Brother Corporation (Asia) Ltd. Brother Buji Nan Ling Factory  
Gold Garden Ind., Nan Ling Village, Buji, Rong Gang, Shenzhen, CHINA  
This product complies with FDA radiation performance standards, 21 CFR Subchapter J  
MANUFACTURED:  
BROTHER INDUSTRIES (USA) INC.  
2950 Brother Blvd., Bartlett, TN 38133, U.S.A.  
This product complies with FDA radiation performance standards, 21 CFR Subchapter J  
MANUFACTURED:  
BROTHER INDUSTRIES LTD.  
15-1 Naeshiro-cho Mizuho-ku Nagoya, 467 Japan  
This product complies with FDA radiation performance standards, 21 CFR Subchapter J  
Caution  
Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified in this  
manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.  
A-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 7 APPENDIX  
Declaration of Conformity (For Europe)  
We, Brother International Europe Ltd.,  
Brother House 1 Tame Street, Guide Bridge, Audenshaw, Manchester M34 5JE, UK.  
declare that this product is in conformity with the following normative documents.  
Safety:  
EMC:  
EN 60950,  
EN 55022 Class B,  
EN 60825  
EN 50082-1  
following the provisions of the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC and the Electromagnetic  
Compatibility Directive 89/336/EEC (as amended by 91/263/EEC and 92/31/EEC).  
Issued by:  
Brother International Europe Ltd.  
European Technical Services Division  
IEC 825 Specification (For 220–240 V Model Only)  
This printer is a Class 1 laser product as defined in IEC 825 specifications. The label shown  
below is attached in countries where required.  
CLASS 1LASER PRODUCT  
APPAREIL Å LASER DE CLASSE 1  
LASER KLASSE 1 PRODUKT  
This printer has a Class 3B Laser Diode which emits invisible laser radiation in the Scanner  
Unit. The Scanner Unit should not be opened under any circumstances.  
Caution  
Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified in this  
manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.  
The following caution label is attached near the scanner unit.  
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN AND INTERLOCK DEFEATED.  
AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM. CLASS 3B LASER PRODUCT.  
CAUTION  
USYNLIG LASER STRÅLING NÅR KABINETLÅGET STÅR ÅBENT.  
UNGDÅ DIREKTE UDSÆTTELSE FOR STRÅLING. KLASSE 3B LASER.  
ADVARSEL  
OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING NÄR DENNA DEL ÄR ÖPPNAD OCH SPÄRRAR  
ÄR URKOPPLADE. STRÅLEN ÄR FARLIG. KLASS 3B LASER APPARAT.  
VARNING  
AVATTAESSA JA SUOJALUKITUS OHITETTAESSA OLET ALTTIINA  
NÄKYMÄTTÖMÄLLE LASERSÄTEILYLLE. ÄLÄ KATSO SÄTEESEEN. LUOKAN  
3B LASERLAITE.  
VARO!  
USYNLIG LASERSTRÅLING.UNNGÅ DIREKTE KONTAKT MED LASERENHETEN  
NÅR TOPPDEKSELET ER ÅPENT. KLASSE 3B LASERPRODUKT.  
ADVARSEL  
RADIATIONS LASER INVISIBLES QUANDOUVERT ET VERROUILLAGE ENLEVE.  
EVITER EXPOSITIONS DIRECTES AU FAISCEAU. PRODUIT LASER CLASSE 3B.  
ATTENTION  
UNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG WENN ABDECKUNG  
GEÖFFENT UND SICHERHEITSVERRIEGELUNG  
ÜBERBRÜCKT. NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETZEN.  
SICHERHEITSKLASSE 3B.  
VORSICHT  
RADIACIÓN LASER INVISIBLE CUANDO SE ABRE  
LA TAPA Y EL INTERRUPTOR INTERNO ESTÁ  
ATASCADO. EVITE LA EXPOSICIÓN DIRECTA  
DE LOS OJOS. PRODUCTO LASER CLASE 3B.  
ATENCIÓN  
A-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USER’S GUIDE  
For Finland and Sweden  
LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE  
KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT  
Varoitus! Laitteen käyttäminen muulla kuin tässä käyttöohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa  
altistaa käyttäjän turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittävälle näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle.  
Varning – Om apparaten används på annat sätt än i denna Bruksanvisning specificerats, kan  
användaren utsättas för osynlig laserstrålning, som överskrider gränsen för laserklass 1.  
IMPORTANT - For Your Safety  
To ensure safe operation the three-pin electrical plug supplied must be inserted only into a  
standard three-pin power point which is properly grounded through normal household wiring.  
Extension cords used with the equipment must be three-pin plug type and correctly wired to  
provide proper grounding. Incorrectly wired extension cords may cause personal injury and  
equipment damage.  
The fact that the equipment operates satisfactorily does not imply that the power is grounded  
and that the installation is completely safe. For your safety, if in any doubt about the effective  
grounding of the power, consult a qualified electrician.  
Disconnect device  
This printer must be installed near a power outlet, which is easily accessible. In case of  
emergencies, you must disconnect the power cord from the power outlet in order to shut off  
power completely.  
Geräuschemission / Acoustic Noise Emission (For Germany Only)  
Lpa < 70 dB (A) DIN 45635-19-01-KL2  
A-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHAPTER 7 APPENDIX  
IMPORTANT - Wiring Information (For U.K. only)  
If the power cord supplied with this printer is not suitable for your electrical outlet, remove  
the plug from the mains cord and fit an appropriate three pin plug. If the replacement plug is  
intended to take a fuse then fit the same fuse as the original.  
If a moulded plug is severed from the power cord then it should be destroyed because a plug  
with cut wires is dangerous if plugged into a live socket outlet. Do not leave it where a child  
might find it.  
In the event of replacing the plug fuse, fit a fuse approved by ASTA to BS1362 with the same  
rating as the original fuse.  
Always replace the fuse cover. Never use a plug with the cover omitted.  
WARNING - THIS PRINTER MUST BE PROPERLY EARTHED.  
The wires in the mains cord are coloured in accordance with the following code:  
Green and yellow:  
Blue:  
Brown:  
Ground  
Neutral  
Live  
The colours of the wiring in the power lead of this printer may not correspond with the  
markings which identify the terminals in your plug. If you need to fit a different plug, proceed  
as follows.  
Remove a length of the cord outer sheath, taking care not to damage the coloured insulation  
of the wires inside.  
Cut each of the three wires to the appropriate length. If the construction of the plug permits,  
leave the green and yellow wire longer than the others so that, in the event that the cord is  
pulled out of the plug, the green and yellow wire will be the last to disconnect.  
Remove a short section of the coloured insulation to expose the wires.  
The wire which is coloured green and yellow must be connected to the terminal in the plug  
which is marked with the letter “E” or by the earth symbol or coloured green or green and  
yellow.  
The wire which is coloured blue must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the  
letter “N” or coloured black or blue.  
The wire which is coloured brown must be connected to the terminal which is marked with  
the letter “L” or coloured red or brown.  
The outer sheath of the cord must be secured inside the plug. The coloured wires should not  
hang out of the plug.  
A-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INDEX  
A
I
auto-emulation switching..............1–4  
B
J
L
C
M
multi-purpose sheet feeder ..1–2, 2–5  
D
data compression technology.......1–5  
O
output tray ..........................1–2, 2–11  
P
E
paper  
economy mode.............................1–6  
emulation............................. 1–4, A–2  
error  
paper guide ..................................1–2  
paper support...............................1–2  
parallel interface  
F
port ...........................................1–2  
power cord ...................................1–2  
power switch ................................1–2  
ppm ..............................................1–3  
H
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
print  
quality ...................................... A–1  
speed....................................... A–1  
printable area ...............................2–4  
printer driver ................................ A–2  
printer status monitor....................1–5  
R
Remote Printer Console...............1–4  
resolution............................. 1–3, A–1  
RPC..............................................1–4  
RS-232C.......................................4–2  
RS-422A.......................................4–2  
S
cable .........................................4–4  
parameter .................................4–3  
RS-422A/RS-232C port ............1–2  
slide switch............................1–2, 4-2  
symbol set ................................... A–9  
T
time-out ........................................3–3  
toner  
toner cartridge ..............................5–1  
life ............................................ A–2  
top cover.......................................1–2  
W
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Beyerdynamic Microphone MC 910 User Manual
Billion Electric Company Network Card 3013G User Manual
Black Box Headphones General Office Headset Headset Telephone User Manual
Bosch Appliances Water Heater 17e User Manual
Bush Hog Lawn Mower RMB 1445 User Manual
Bushnell Hunting Equipment 205110 User Manual
Canon Welding System CR DA1 User Manual
Carrier Heating System 48TJD005 014 User Manual
Cecilware Fryer Portable Fryers User Manual
Cisco Systems Computer Accessories OL 14763 02 User Manual